Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

®

26 July 2013

Brocade Network Advisor

SAN + IP User Manual

Supporting Network Advisor 12.1.0

Copyright © 2006-2013 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Brocade, Brocade Assurance, the B-wing symbol, DCX, Fabric OS, MLX, SAN Health, VCS, and VDX are registered trademarks, and
AnyIO, Brocade One, CloudPlex, Effortless Networking, ICX, NET Health, OpenScript, and The Effortless Network are trademarks of
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries. Other brands, products, or service names
mentioned may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Notice: This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty, expressed or implied, concerning
any equipment, equipment feature, or service offered or to be offered by Brocade. Brocade reserves the right to make changes to
this document at any time, without notice, and assumes no responsibility for its use. This informational document describes
features that may not be currently available. Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability.
Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government.

The authors and Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with
respect to any loss, cost, liability, or damages arising from the information contained in this book or the computer programs that
accompany it.

The product described by this document may contain “open source” software covered by the GNU General Public License or other
open source license agreements. To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products, view the licensing
terms applicable to the open source software, and obtain a copy of the programming source code, please visit
http://www.brocade.com/support/oscd.

Brocade Communications Systems, Incorporated

Corporate and Latin American Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc.
130 Holger Way
San Jose, CA 95134
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

European Headquarters
Brocade Communications Switzerland Sàrl
Centre Swissair
Tour B - 4ème étage
29, Route de l'Aéroport
Case Postale 105
CH-1215 Genève 15
Switzerland
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems China HK, Ltd.
No. 1 Guanghua Road
Chao Yang District
Units 2718 and 2818
Beijing 100020, China
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Asia-Pacific Headquarters
Brocade Communications Systems Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen WFOE)
Citic Plaza
No. 233 Tian He Road North
Unit 1308 – 13th Floor
Guangzhou, China
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]

Document History

Title Publication number Summary of changes Date

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002043-01 New document November 2010

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002166-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.1.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002354-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.2.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002567-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 11.3.0.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002697-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.0.0.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 53-1002949-01 Updated for Network

Advisor 12.1.0.

May 2011

September 2011

August 2012

December 2012

July 2013

Contents

About This Document

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liii

How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liii

Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lvi

What’s new in this document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxiii

Document conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxv

Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxv

Notes, cautions, and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxv

Key terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxv

Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxvi

Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxvi

Brocade resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvi

Other industry resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvii

Getting technical help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvii

Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lxviii

Chapter 1 Getting Started

User interface components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Management server and client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Logging into a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Launching a remote client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Clearing previous versions of the remote client . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Launching the Configuration Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Viewing active sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Disconnecting users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Viewing server properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Viewing port status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Server and client ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Accessibility features for the Management application . . . . . . . . . . 16

Keyboard shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Look and feel customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

PostgreSQL database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Connecting to the database using pgAdmin III . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Connecting to the database using the

ODBC client (Windows systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Connecting to the database using the

ODBC client (Linux systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

Changing the database user password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual iii
53-1002949-01

Supported open source software products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Chapter 2 Licenses

Licenses overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

Managed count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

Managed SAN port count calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Managed IP port count calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Managed IP product count calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Managed MPLS product count calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Managed Ethernet Fabric count calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Entering the license key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Upgrading the Management application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

License downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Downgrading the edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Downgrading the package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Downgrading the MPLS product count. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Downgrading to a license without Ethernet fabrics. . . . . . . . . .40

IP product count downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chapter 3 Patches

Installing a patch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Uninstalling a patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Chapter 4 Discovery

SAN discovery overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

FCS policy and seed switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Backbone Chassis discovery requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Discovering fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Editing the password for multiple devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Configuring SNMP credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Reverting to a default SNMP community string. . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Rediscovering a fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Removing a fabric from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Rediscovering a previously discovered fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Deleting a fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

DCB discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Viewing the fabric discovery state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Troubleshooting fabric discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Managed count exceeded troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Virtual Fabric discovery troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

SAN Fabric monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Stop monitoring of discovered fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Stop monitoring of discovered switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Resume monitoring of discovered fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

iv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Resume monitoring of discovered switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

SAN Seed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Seed switch requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Seed switch failover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Changing the seed switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

IP discovery overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Discovery of IPv6 addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

VDX/VCS discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Network OS discovery IP address format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Standalone discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

VCS fabric discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

VCS fabric rediscovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Seed switch failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

VCS fabric split and merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Network OS 2.0 device limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Logical chassis cluster mode discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Administratively removing a node from

a logical chassis cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

How the Management application handles

a cluster mode change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

HyperEdge stack discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Configuring IP profile discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Configuring IP simple discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

IP SNMP credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Adding SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Adding SNMPv3 credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Editing SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Editing SNMPv3 credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Reordering SNMP credentials in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Deleting SNMP credentials from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Default IP user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Adding user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Editing login prompt user credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Editing enable prompt user credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Editing enable super user credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Reordering user credentials in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Deleting user credentials from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

IP Object identifier filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Including product types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Excluding product types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Deleting product types from the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Defining global setting preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Configuring event-based collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

IP discovery profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

Configuring a discovery profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

Duplicating a discovery profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual v
53-1002949-01

Configuring address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Editing address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Scheduling discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Suspending a discovery schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Editing a discovery schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Configuring advanced discovery profile preferences . . . . . . .116

Deleting a discovery profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Creating a discovery address file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Starting discovery manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Starting discovery automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Stopping discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Viewing discovery status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Viewing discovery reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

E-mailing discovery reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Exporting discovery reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Viewing the discovery log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Individual IP device discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Adding an IP device to discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Editing IP device discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Deleting IP devices from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Host discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Discovering Hosts by Network address or host name . . . . . .131

Importing Hosts from a CSV file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Importing Hosts from a Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Importing Hosts from a VM manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Editing Host adapter credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

Removing a host from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Rediscovering a previously discovered fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Deleting a host adapter from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Viewing the host discovery state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Troubleshooting host discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

VM Manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

VM Manager discovery requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Discovering a VM manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Editing a VM manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

Excluding a host from VM manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Including a host in VM manager discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Removing a VM manager from active discovery . . . . . . . . . . .144

Rediscovering a previously discovered VM manager . . . . . . .145

Deleting a VM manager from discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Viewing the VM manager discovery state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Troubleshooting VM manager discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

IP Rediscovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Rediscovering IP devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Rediscovering IP devices from the Product List. . . . . . . . . . . .147

Rediscovering a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Enabling password validation on rediscovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

vi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter 5 Management Groups

Management groups overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Displaying Network Object view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Product group overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Static product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

Dynamic product groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

Viewing product group properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Deleting a product group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Port Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Creating a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Editing a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Duplicating a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Viewing port group properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

Deleting a port group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Chapter 6 Application Configuration

Configurable preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Server Data backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

What is backed up? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

Management server backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167

Configuring backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

Enabling backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

Disabling backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

Viewing the backup status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Changing the backup interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Starting immediate backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Reviewing backup events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Server Data restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Restoring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

Restoring data to a new server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

SAN display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Setting your FICON display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Resetting your display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

SAN End node display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Displaying end nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176

SAN Ethernet loss events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Enabling SAN Ethernet loss events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Disabling SAN Ethernet loss events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Event storage settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Configuring event storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Storing historical events purged from repository. . . . . . . . . . .179

Flyover settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Configuring flyovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Turning flyovers on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Viewing flyovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual vii
53-1002949-01

Name settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Setting names to be unique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Setting names to be non-unique. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183

Fixing duplicate names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Viewing names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Adding a name to an existing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Adding a name to a new device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Applying a name to a detached WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

Removing a name from a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Editing names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Exporting names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Importing Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Searching for a device by name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Searching for a device by WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

Miscellaneous security settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Configuring the server name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Enforcing MD5 file during import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Configuring login security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Configuring the login banner display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Disabling the login banner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

Syslog Registration settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

Registering a server as a Syslog recipient automatically . . . .193

Configuring the Syslog listing port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

SNMP Trap Registration settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

Registering a server as a SNMP trap

recipient automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

Configuring the SNMP trap listing port number . . . . . . . . . . .194

SNMP Trap forwarding credential settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

Configuring SNMP v1 and v2c credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

Configuring SNMP v3 credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Client export port settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Client/Server IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205

IP preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209

Memory allocation settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216

Product communication settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221

FTP/SCP/SFTP server settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223

Server port settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

Support mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

FIPS Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

Fabric tracking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

Enabling fabric tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232

Disabling fabric tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232

Accepting changes for a fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

Accepting changes for all fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234

Accepting changes for a switch, access gateway,

or phantom domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235

viii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter 7 User Account Management

Users overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Viewing configured users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238

User accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Creating a new user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

Editing a user account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Copying a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243

Copying and pasting user preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Assigning roles and areas of responsibility to

a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Removing roles and areas of responsibility from

a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Disabling a user account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Enabling a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Deleting a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Unlocking a user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246

Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247

Creating a new role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247

Editing a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Copying a role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Deleting a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

Adding privileges to a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249

Removing privileges from a role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

Areas of responsibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250

Creating an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

Editing an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Copying an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252

Deleting an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Assigning products to an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253

Removing products from an AOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Password policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Configuring a password policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Viewing password policy violators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257

Authentication Server Groups on the Management server . . . . . .258

Assigning roles and AORs to an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258

Removing roles and AORs from an AD group. . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

Loading an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

Deleting an AD group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Creating an AD user account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Assigning an AD user to an AD group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261

Defining user accounts on the external LDAP server . . . . . . .262

User profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

Viewing your user profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264

Editing your user profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265

Changing your password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265

Viewing your password policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266

Resetting optional messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Configuring e-mail notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual ix
53-1002949-01

Configuring CLI credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267

Configuring the CLI credential policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Chapter 8 Dashboard Management

Dashboard overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

Dashboard toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Dashboard messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272

Dashboards expand navigation bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272

General dashboard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273

Accessing a dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273

Filtering the dashboards list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Creating a user-defined dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

Deleting a user-defined dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

Setting the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275

Customizing the dashboard widgets and monitors . . . . . . . . .275

Exporting the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

Printing the dashboard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

Attaching and detaching the Dashboard tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

Setting the network scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

Creating a customized network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

Editing a user-defined network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279

Deleting a user-defined network scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

Setting the data display time frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

Default dashboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

Product Status and Traffic dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

SAN Ports Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

IP Port Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

Status widgets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

Access Point Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283

Bottlenecked Ports widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284

Events widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285

Host Adapter Inventory widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287

IP Inventory widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289

IP Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291

Viewing additional IP product data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292

SAN Inventory widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293

SAN Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295

Viewing additional SAN product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296

Status widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297

VM Alarms widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite widgets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

Out of Range Violations widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300

Port Health Violations widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

Performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

Displaying monitors on the Performance Dashboard . . . . . . .305

Top Port Alignment Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

Top Port C3 Discards monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

Top Port C3 Discards RX TO monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Top Port CRC Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

Top Port Discards monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311

x Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Top Port Encode Error Out monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

Top Port Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313

Top Port Link Failures monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315

Top Port Link Resets monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

Top Port Overflow Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

Top Port Receive EOF monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Top Port Runtime Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319

Top Port Sync Losses monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320

Top Port Too Long Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321

Top Port Traffic monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

Top Port Underflow Errors monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323

Top Port Utilization Percentage monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324

Bottom Port Utilization Percentage monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325

Top Product CPU Utilization monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326

Top Product Memory Utilization monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327

Top Product Response Time monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

Top Product Temperature monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330

Top Products with Unused Ports monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331

Editing a preconfigured performance monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . .332

User-defined performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Monitor types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333

Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334

Top or bottom product performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . .336

Top or bottom port performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Distribution performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339

Time series performance monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Top sFlows performance monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342

Configuring a user-defined product performance monitor . . .342

Adding targets to a user-defined performance monitor . . . . .344

Configuring a user-defined port performance monitor . . . . . .345

Configuring a user-defined sFlow performance monitor. . . . .348

Viewing product distribution data details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

Viewing port distribution data details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350

Configuring a monitor from a performance graph. . . . . . . . . .351

Traffic flow dashboard monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Traffic flow monitor types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Traffic flow measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Traffic flow performance graph monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354

Top or bottom traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . . . . . .355

Time series traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Configuring a traffic flows monitor from

a performance graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

Configuring a user-defined traffic flow

performance monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

Adding targets to a traffic flow performance monitor . . . . . . .359

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xi
53-1002949-01

Chapter 9 View Management

SAN tab overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362

SAN main toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

View All list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364

Port Display buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365

Connectivity Map toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365

Product List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Connectivity Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367

Utilization Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368

IP tab overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

IP main toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370

Product List toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Host Product List toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372

Topology Map toolbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372

Host topology map toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

IP Product List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373

Topology Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375

Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Minimap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377

Status bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

Icon legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

SAN product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

IP product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381

Host product icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

SAN group icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Host group icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

IP group icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

SAN port icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383

IP port icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

SAN product status icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

IP product status icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384

Event icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385

Customizing the main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386

Zooming in and out of the Connectivity Map . . . . . . . . . . . . .386

Showing levels of detail on the Connectivity Map . . . . . . . . . .387

Exporting the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

Customizing application tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387

Product List customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391

Adding a property label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391

Editing a property label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

Deleting a property label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

Searching for a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393

Restricting a search by node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Searching for an exact match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Clearing search results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395

Address Finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395

Finding IP addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

Finding MAC addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398

xii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

SAN view management overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400

Creating a customized view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400

Editing a customized view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402

Deleting a customized view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403

Copying a view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403

SAN topology layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405

Customizing the layout of devices on the topology . . . . . . . . .406

Customizing the layout of connections on the topology . . . . .407

Changing a group background color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

Reverting to the default background color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Changing the product label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Changing the port label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Changing the port display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Grouping on the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Collapsing groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409

Expanding groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410

Viewing connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410

Configuring custom connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410

Deleting a custom connection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

IP topology view manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

Displaying topology views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412

Network Objects view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412

Network Object view functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Filtering devices in the Network Objects Product List . . . . . . .413

Clearing the Network Objects Product List filter . . . . . . . . . . .414

IP Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414

L2 Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414

Ethernet Fabrics view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

Ethernet Fabric topology map functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

VLAN Topology view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

STP/RSTP topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

Host Topology view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419

IP topology map components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420

Topology map elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421

Viewing flyovers on the topology map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422

Topology map layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423

Selecting a topology map layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426

Creating a customized layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

Creating customized topology links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Customizing the Topology Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429

Adding a background image to a map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Deleting a background image from the library . . . . . . . . . . . .431

Exporting the topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Printing a map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Port actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

Enabling port actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

Disabling port actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xiii
53-1002949-01

Displaying port properties for an attached device. . . . . . . . . .434

Accessing performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Chapter 10 MRP Topology

MRP Topology overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437

Viewing a MRP Topology map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438

Viewing a MRP ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439

Configuring the application to show a dashed line. . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Selecting a topology map layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442

Creating a customized layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445

Customizing the MRP Topology map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446

Refreshing MRP Topology data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447

Viewing MRP properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447

Chapter 11 Call Home

Call Home overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450

System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451

Viewing Call Home configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451

Showing a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

Hiding a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454

Editing a Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455

Editing the IBM Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455

Editing an e-mail Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456

Editing the EMC Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460

Editing the HP LAN Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .461

Enabling a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462

Enabling supportSave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462

Testing the Call Home center connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

Disabling a Call Home center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

Viewing Call Home status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464

Assigning a device to the Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

Removing a device from a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

Removing all devices and filters from a Call Home center. . . . . . .465

Defining an event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466

Call Home for virtual switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466

Assigning an event filter to a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467

Assigning an event filter to a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467

Overwriting an assigned event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468

Removing all event filter from a Call Home center . . . . . . . . . . . . .468

Removing an event filter from a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468

xiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Removing an event filter from the Call Home Event Filters list . . .469

Searching for an assigned event filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469

Chapter 12 Third-party tools

About third-party tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471

Starting third-party tools from the application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

Launching a Telnet session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

Launching an Telnet session from the IP tab . . . . . . . . . . . . .472

Launching an Telnet session from the SAN tab . . . . . . . . . . .472

Launching an Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

Launching Web Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

Launching FCR configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475

Launching Name Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Launching HCM Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Launching Fabric Watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477

Adding a tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477

Entering the server IP address of a tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478

Adding an option to the Tools menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479

Changing an option on the Tools menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480

Removing an option from the Tools menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480

Adding an option to a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481

Changing an option on a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . . . .482

Removing an option from a device’s shortcut menu . . . . . . . . . . .483

Microsoft System Center Operations Manager (SCOM) plug-in. . .483

Registering a SCOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484

Editing a SCOM server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485

Removing a SCOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485

Chapter 13 Server Management Console

Server Management Console overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487

Launching the SMC on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487

Launching the SMC on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488

Services tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488

Monitoring and managing Management

application services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488

Refreshing the server status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489

Stopping all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489

Stopping the CIMOM services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489

Starting all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490

Restarting all services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490

Changing the database password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xv
53-1002949-01

Ports tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491

Viewing server port numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491

AAA Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492

Configuring Radius server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492

Configuring LDAP server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495

Configuring TACACS+ server authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498

Configuring Common Access Card authentication . . . . . . . . .501

Configuring switch authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503

Configuring Windows authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503

Configuring local database authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504

Displaying the client authentication audit trail . . . . . . . . . . . .505

Restore tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505

Restoring the database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505

Technical Support Information tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506

Capturing technical support information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506

HCM Upgrade tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508

Upgrading HCM on the Management server . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508

SMI Agent Configuration Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508

Launching the SMIA configuration tool on Windows. . . . . . . .509

Launching the SMIA configuration tool on Unix. . . . . . . . . . . .510

Launching a remote SMIA configuration tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . .511

Service Location Protocol (SLP) support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511

Home tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515

Authentication tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516

CIMOM tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519

Certificate Management tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522

Summary tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524

Chapter 14 SAN Device Configuration

Configuration repository management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527

Saving switch configurations on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

Restoring a switch configuration for a selected device. . . . . .529

Scheduling switch configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530

Restoring a configuration from the repository . . . . . . . . . . . . .532

Viewing configuration file content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533

Searching the configuration file content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534

Deleting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535

Exporting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535

Importing a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536

Keeping a copy past the defined age limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536

Replicating configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537

Replicating security configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541

Enhanced group management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543

Firmware management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544

Downloading firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544

Displaying the firmware repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547

Importing a firmware file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548

Deleting a firmware file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549

xvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Frame viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550

Viewing discarded frames from a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552

Clearing the discarded frame log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553

Refreshing the discarded frame log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553

Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553

Viewing port connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553

Refreshing the port connectivity view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557

Enabling a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557

Filtering port connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557

Viewing port details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558

Viewing ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559

Port types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560

Showing connected ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560

Viewing port connection properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561

Determining inactive iSCSI devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564

Determining port status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564

Viewing port optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565

Port commissioning overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567

Viewing existing CIMOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567

Registering a CIMOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569

Editing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570

Importing CIMOM servers and credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570

Exporting CIMOM servers and credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571

Changing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571

Testing CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572

Deleting CIMOM server credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572

Decommissioning an F-Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573

Decommissioning an E-Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

Decommissioning all ports on a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574

Decommissioning all ports on a blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575

Recommissioning all ports on a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576

Recommissioning all ports on a blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577

Port commissioning deployment report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577

Administrative Domain-enabled fabric support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578

AD-enabled fabric discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578

Management application behavior for AD-enabled fabrics. . .578
Management application support for AD-enabled fabrics . . .579

Port Auto Disable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581

Viewing Port Auto Disable status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581

Configuring Port Auto Disable event triggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583

Enabling Port Auto Disable on individual ports . . . . . . . . . . . .584

Enabling Port Auto Disable on all ports on a device . . . . . . . .584

Disabling Port Auto Disable on individual ports. . . . . . . . . . . .585

Disabling Port Auto Disable on all ports on a device. . . . . . . .585

Stopping Port Auto Disable on a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586

Resuming Port Auto Disable on a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586

Unblocking ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xvii
53-1002949-01

Chapter 15 Host Port Mapping

Host port mapping overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589

Creating a new Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590

Renaming an HBA Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591

Deleting an HBA Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591

Viewing Host properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591

Associating an HBA with a Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592

Importing HBA-to-Host mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592

Removing an HBA from a Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594

Exporting Host port mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594

Chapter 16 Storage Port Mapping

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597

Storage port mapping overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597

Creating a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598

Adding storage ports to a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598

Unassigning a storage port from a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599

Reassigning mapped storage ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599

Editing storage array properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600

Deleting a storage array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600

Viewing storage port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600

Viewing storage array properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601

Importing storage port mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601

Exporting storage port mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603

Chapter 17 Wireless Management

Wireless management overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605

Wireless devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606

Wireless device discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606

Wireless devices on the dashboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607

Port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607

View management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608

Wireless device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608

Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608

Browser and system requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609

Launching the Element Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609

Launching a Telnet session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610

Configuration repository and backup management. . . . . . . . . . . .610

xviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

CLI configuration management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611

Cluster mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612

VLAN management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612

Performance management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613

Policy Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613

Fault management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613

AP Products report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614

Chapter 18 VCS Management

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617

VCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617

VCS mode types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618

Ethernet Fabrics view management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619

Logical chassis cluster operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619

Logical chassis cluster mode discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619

Administratively removing a node from

a logical chassis cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620

How the Management application handles

a cluster mode change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621

Serial firmware update and activation for Network OS devices. . .622

Support for Network OS VDX 2740 embedded switch . . . . . . . . . .622

Network OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623

VCS product groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624

Static product group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624

Dynamic product group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624

Port profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

AMPP characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625

Life of a port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626

AMPP events and behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626

Port profile configuration using the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627

Assigning MAC addresses to a port profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .628

Managing offline MAC addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629

Comparing port profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630

Deploying port profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632

System Monitor support on Network OS VDX platforms. . . . . . . . .633

FRU monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634

System thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634

Alert notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634

Resource monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635

SFP parameter monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635

Security monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636

Port statistics monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636

Interface error types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xix
53-1002949-01

Ethernet fabric traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637

Tracing Ethernet fabric routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637

Exporting diagnostic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640

Chapter 19 Host Management

Host management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .641

Brocade adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642

Host Bus Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642

Converged Network Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643

Fabric Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643

TM

AnyIO

HCM software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644

HCM features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645

Host adapter discovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646

VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646

Adding a VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646

Editing a VM Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647

Deleting a VM Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647

HCM and Management application support on ESXi systems. . . .647

ESXi CIM listener ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647

Connectivity map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649

technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644

View management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649

Adapter software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .649

Driver repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651

Boot image repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652

Bulk port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654

Configuring host adapter ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655

Adapter port WWN virtualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659

Configuring FAWWNs on switch ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659

FAWWNs on attached AG ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662

Role-based access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664

Host adapter management privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664

Host adapter administrator privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664

Host performance management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665

Host security authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666

Configuring security authentication using the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666

supportSave on adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Host fault management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Adapter events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668

Filtering event notifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669

Syslog forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669

xx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Backup support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670

Configuring backup to a hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670

Enabling backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671

Disabling backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671

Chapter 20 Fibre Channel over Ethernet

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673

FCoE overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673

DCBX protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

Enhanced Ethernet features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .674

Enhanced Transmission Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .674

Priority-based flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .674

Ethernet jumbo frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675

FCoE protocols supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675

Ethernet link layer protocols supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675

FCoE protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675

FCoE licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676

Saving running configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676

Copying switch configurations to selected switches . . . . . . . .676

DCB configuration management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678

Switch policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679

DCB map and Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679

LLDP profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679

802.1x policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679

DCB configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .680

Minimum DCB configuration for FCoE traffic. . . . . . . . . . . . . .680

Adding a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685

Editing a DCB switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687

Editing a DCB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689

Editing a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690

Enabling a DCB port or LAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692

Deleting a LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693

QoS configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693

Priority-based flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694

Creating a DCB map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694

Editing a DCB map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696

Deleting a DCB map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696

Assigning a DCB map to a port or link aggregation group . . .697

Creating a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698

Editing a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698

Deleting a Traffic Class map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699

Assigning a Traffic Class map to a port or

link aggregation group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699

FCoE provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700

Changing the VLAN ID on the default FCoE map . . . . . . . . . . .700

Enabling or disabling the FCoE map on the port . . . . . . . . . . .701

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxi
53-1002949-01

VLAN classifier configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .702

Adding a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .702

Editing a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704

Deleting a VLAN classifier rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704

Creating a VLAN classifier group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705

Deleting a VLAN classifier group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705

LLDP-DCBX configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706

Configuring LLDP for FCoE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706

Adding an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707

Editing an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708

Deleting an LLDP profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708

Assigning an LLDP profile to a port or ports in a LAG . . . . . . .709

802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710

Enabling 802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710

Disabling 802.1x authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710

Setting 802.1x parameters for a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711

Switch, port, and LAG deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712

Deploying DCB product, port, and LAG configurations . . . . . .712

Source to target switch Fabric OS version compatibility

for deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716

Network OS switches in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

Supported VCS platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

Viewing switches in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718

Viewing ports in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721

Viewing LAGs in VCS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725

DCB performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729

Real-time performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729

Historical performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731

Historical performance report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731

FCoE login groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732

Adding an FCoE login group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733

Editing an FCoE login group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .734

Deleting one or more FCoE login groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .735

Disabling the FCoE login management feature on a switch . .735
Enabling the FCoE login management feature on a switch . .736

Virtual FCoE port configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736

Viewing virtual FCoE ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736

Clearing a stale entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .738

Chapter 21 Telemetry

Telemetry overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739

Policy-based routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739

Viewing existing PBR policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .740

Adding a new policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742

Adding rules to a policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742

Adding policies from saved configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

Editing a policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

Editing a rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744

xxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Deleting a policy or rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745

Deploying a PBR policy on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

Saving a PBR policy deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746

Scheduling a PBR policy deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

ACL Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750

Enabling or disabling ACL accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750

Resetting ACL counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .750

Viewing ACL counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .751

Chapter 22 Security Management

Security overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .753

Layer 2 access control list management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .753

IronWare Layer 2 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754

Fabric OS Layer 2 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761

Creating a Layer 2 ACL from a saved configuration. . . . . . . . .767

Deleting a Layer 2 ACL configuration from the application. . .768

Deleting a Layer 2 ACL configuration from the switch. . . . . . .768

Network OS Layer 2 ACL configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .769

Layer 3 access control list policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .772

Creating a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .773

Creating a L3 ACL from a saved configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . .775

Editing a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .775

Copying a standard L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .776

Creating an extended L3 ACL configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .777

Editing an extended L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .779

Copying an extended L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .780

Creating an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .781

Editing an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .783

Copying an IPv6 L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .784

Deleting a L3 ACL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .785

Assigning a L3 ACL configuration to an interface . . . . . . . . . .785

Clearing L3 ACL assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .787

Configuring the ACL configuration type and operations . . . . .788

Configuring hit statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .788

Configuring L3 ACL advanced settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .789

Network configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .793

Network group configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .797

Service configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .802

Service group configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .806

Media Access Control (MAC) filter management . . . . . . . . . . . . . .810

Creating a MAC filter configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .811

Creating a MAC filter from a saved configuration . . . . . . . . . .813

Editing a MAC filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .814

Copying a MAC filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .815

Deleting a MAC filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .817

Assigning MAC filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .817

Clearing MAC filter assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .818

Adding a MAC filter configuration to an interface . . . . . . . . . .818

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxiii
53-1002949-01

Security configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .819

Deploying a security configuration on demand . . . . . . . . . . . .820

Saving a security configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .821

Scheduling a security configuration deployment. . . . . . . . . . .822

Chapter 23 FC-FC Routing Service Management

Devices that support Fibre Channel routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .827

Fibre Channel routing overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .828

Guidelines for setting up Fibre Channel routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .829

Connecting edge fabrics to a backbone fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830

Configuring routing domain IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .832

Chapter 24 Virtual Fabrics

Virtual Fabrics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833

Terminology for Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834

Virtual Fabrics requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .834

FICON best practices for Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .836

Configuring Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .838

Enabling Virtual Fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .839

Disabling Virtual Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .839

Creating a logical switch or base switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .839

Finding the physical chassis for a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . .842

Finding the logical switch from a physical chassis . . . . . . . . .842

Assigning ports to a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .843

Removing ports from a logical switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .844

Deleting a logical switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .845

Configuring fabric-wide parameters for a logical fabric. . . . . .846

Applying logical fabric settings to all associated

logical switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .847

Moving a logical switch to a different fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .848

Changing a logical switch to a base switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .849

Chapter 25 SAN Encryption Configuration

Encryption Center features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .852

Encryption user privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .853

Smart card usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854

Using authentication cards with a card reader . . . . . . . . . . . .854

Registering authentication cards from a card reader . . . . . . .855

Registering authentication cards from the database . . . . . . .857

Deregistering an authentication card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858

Setting a quorum for authentication cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858

Using system cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .859

Enabling or disabling the system card requirement . . . . . . . .860

Registering system cards from a card reader . . . . . . . . . . . . .860

Deregistering system cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861

Using smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861

xxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Tracking smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861

Editing smart cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .864

Network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .865

Blade processor links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .865

Configuring blade processor links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .866

Encryption node initialization and certificate generation. . . . . . . .866

Setting encryption node initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .867

Key Management Interoperability Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .867

Configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .868

Key vault type and vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .869

Supported encryption key manager appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .870

Steps for connecting to a DPM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871

Exporting the KAC certificate signing request (CSR) . . . . . . . .871

Submitting the CSR to a certificate authority . . . . . . . . . . . . .872

KAC certificate registration expiry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .872

Importing the signed KAC certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .873

Uploading the CA certificate onto the

DPM appliance (and first-time configurations) . . . . . . . . . . . .873

Uploading the KAC certificate onto the

DPM appliance (manual identity enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . .875

DPM key vault high availability deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875

Loading the CA certificate onto the encryption

group leader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .875

Steps for connecting to an LKM/SSKM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . .876

Launching the NetApp DataFort Management Console . . . . .877

Establishing the trusted link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .877

Obtaining and importing the LKM/SSKM certificate. . . . . . . .878

Exporting and registering the switch KAC certificates

on LKM/SSKM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .879

LKM/SSKM key vault high availability deployment . . . . . . . . .879

Data Encryption Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .880

Steps for connecting to an ESKM/SKM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . .881

Configuring a Brocade group on ESKM/SKM . . . . . . . . . . . . .882

Registering the ESKM/SKM Brocade group user name

and password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .883

Setting up the local Certificate Authority (CA)

on ESKM/SKM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .884

Downloading the local CA certificate from ESKM/SKM . . . . .885

Creating and installing the ESKM/SKM server certificate . . .885
Enabling SSL on the Key Management

System (KMS) Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .887

Creating an ESKM/SKM High Availability cluster . . . . . . . . . .887

Copying the local CA certificate for a clustered

ESKM/SKM appliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .888

Adding ESKM/SKM appliances to the cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . .888

Signing the encryption node KAC certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . .889

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . . .890

ESKM/SKM key vault high availability deployment . . . . . . . . .890

Data Encryption Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .891

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxv
53-1002949-01

ESKM/SKM key vault deregistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .892

Steps for connecting to a TEKA appliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .892

Setting up TEKA network connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .893

Creating a client on TEKA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .894

Establishing TEKA key vault credentials on the switch . . . . . .895

Signing the encryption node KAC CSR on the

TEKA appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .896

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . . .897

Steps for connecting to a TKLM appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .897

Exporting the Fabric OS node self-signed KAC certificates. . .898

Converting the KAC certificate format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .898

Establishing a default key store and device group

on TKLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .898

Adding a device to the device group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .899

Creating a self-signed certificate for TKLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .899

Importing the Fabric OS encryption node KAC certificates

to TKLM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .899

Exporting the TKLM self-signed server certificate . . . . . . . . . .900

Importing the TKLM certificate into the group leader . . . . . . .901

Steps for connecting to a KMIP-compliant SafeNet KeySecure. . .901

Setting FIPS compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .902

Creating a local CA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903

Creating a server certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904

Creating a cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .909

Configuring a Brocade group on the KeySecure . . . . . . . . . . .910

Registering the KeySecure Brocade group user name

and password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .911

Signing the encryption node KAC CSR on KMIP . . . . . . . . . . .912

Importing a signed KAC certificate into a switch . . . . . . . . . . .914

Backing up the certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .915

Configuring the KMIP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .917

Adding a node to the cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .918

Steps for connecting to a KMIP-compliant keyAuthority. . . . . . . . .920

Encryption preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .921

Creating a new encryption group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .922

Configuring key vault settings for RSA Data

Protection Manager (DPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .927

Configuring key vault settings for NetApp Link

Key Manager (LKM/SSKM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .932

Configuring key vault settings for HP Enterprise Secure

Key Manager (ESKM/SKM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .938

Configuring key vault settings for Thales e_Security

keyAuthority (TEKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .943

Configuring key vault settings for IBM Tivoli Key

Lifetime Manager (TKLM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .948

Configuring key vault settings for Key Management

Interoperability Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .952

Understanding configuration status results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .959

Adding a switch to an encryption group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .959

xxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Replacing an encryption engine in an encryption group . . . . . . . .965

High availability clusters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966

HA cluster configuration rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966

Creating HA clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967

Removing engines from an HA cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .968

Swapping engines in an HA cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .968

Failback option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .969

Invoking failback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .969

Configuring encryption storage targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .969

Adding an encryption target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .970

Configuring hosts for encryption targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .978

Adding target disk LUNs for encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .980

Configuring storage arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .985

Remote replication LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .985

SRDF pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .986

Metadata requirements and remote replication . . . . . . . . . . .986

Adding target tape LUNs for encryption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .987

Moving targets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .990

Configuring encrypted tape storage in a

multi-path environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .991

Tape LUN write early and read ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992

Enabling and disabling tape LUN write early

and read ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992

Tape LUN statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .994

Viewing and clearing tape container statistics . . . . . . . . . . . .994

Viewing and clearing tape LUN statistics for

specific tape LUNs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995

Viewing and clearing statistics for tape LUNs

in a container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .997

Encryption engine rebalancing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .998

Rebalancing an encryption engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999

Master keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .999

Active master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000

Alternate master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000

Master key actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001

Saving the master key to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1001

Saving a master key to a key vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002

Saving a master key to a smart card set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003

Restoring a master key from a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005

Restoring a master key from a key vault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006

Restoring a master key from a smart card set. . . . . . . . . . . .1007

Creating a new master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008

Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009

Zeroizing an encryption engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009

Setting zeroization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1010

Using the Encryption Targets dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1011

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxvii
53-1002949-01

Redirection zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012

Disk device decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1012

Decommissioning disk LUNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1013

Displaying and deleting decommissioned key IDs. . . . . . . . .1014

Displaying Universal IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015

Rekeying all disk LUNs manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1015

Setting disk LUN Re-key All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016

Viewing disk LUN rekeying details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017

Viewing the progress of manual rekey operations. . . . . . . . .1018

Thin provisioned LUNs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020

Thin Provisioning support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021

Viewing time left for auto rekey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1021

Viewing and editing switch encryption properties . . . . . . . . . . . 1022

Exporting the public key certificate signing request

from properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

Importing a signed public key certificate

from properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

Enabling and disabling the encryption engine state

from Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027

Viewing and editing encryption group properties . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027

General tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

Members tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

Security tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034

HA Clusters tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036

Link Keys tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038

Tape Pools tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1039

Engine Operations tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042

Encryption-related acronyms in log messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1043

Chapter 26 Zoning

Zoning overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045

Types of zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046

Online zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047

Offline zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1047

Zoning naming conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048

Zoning and FICON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048

Zone database size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048

Zoning configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049

Configuring zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049

Creating a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050

Viewing zone properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050

Adding members to a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051

Creating a member in a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1052

Removing a member from a zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053

Renaming a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053

Deleting a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054

Duplicating a zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1054

Customizing the zone member display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055

xxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Enabling or disabling the default zone for fabrics . . . . . . . . 1056

Creating a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056

Editing a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057

Removing an object from a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058

Exporting zone aliases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058

Renaming a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059

Deleting a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059

Duplicating a zone alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059

Creating a zone configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060

Viewing zone configuration properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060

Adding zones to a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061

Removing a zone from a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061

Activating a zone configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062

Deactivating a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063

Renaming a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064

Deleting a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064

Duplicating a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065

Creating an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065

Deleting an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1066

Refreshing a zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067

Merging fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067

Merging two zone databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068

Creating a common active zone configuration

in two fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070

Saving a zone database to a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070

Exporting an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071

Importing an offline zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071

Rolling back changes to the offline zone database . . . . . . .1071

LSAN zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072

Supported configurations for LSAN zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1072

Configuring LSAN zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073

Creating an LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074

Adding members to the LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075

Creating a new member in an LSAN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076

Activating LSAN zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077

LSAN tagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077

Traffic Isolation zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1078

Failover options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078

Enhanced TI zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1078

Configuring Traffic Isolation zoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079

Creating a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080

Adding members to a Traffic Isolation zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080

Enabling a Traffic Isolation zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081

Disabling a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082

Enabling failover on a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082

Disabling failover on a Traffic Isolation zone . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083

Boot LUN zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083

Creating a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084

Modifying a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084

Deleting a Boot LUN zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxix
53-1002949-01

Zoning administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085

Comparing zone databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085

Managing zone configuration comparison alerts . . . . . . . . .1087

Setting change limits on zoning activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1088

Clearing the fabric zone database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1089

Removing all user names from a zone database . . . . . . . . 1089

Finding a member in one or more zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090

Finding a zone member in the potential member list . . . . . 1090

Finding zones in a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090

Finding a zone configuration member in the zones list . . . .1091

Listing zone members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091

Listing un-zoned members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092

Removing an offline device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092

Replacing zone members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093

Replacing an offline device by WWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093

Replacing an offline device by name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094

Chapter 27 Fibre Channel over IP

FCIP services licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096

FCIP Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096

IP network considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096

FCIP platforms and supported features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097

FCIP trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098

Design for redundancy and fault tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098

FCIP tunnel restrictions for FCP and

FICON emulation features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099

FCIP Trunk configuration considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099

FCIP circuit failover capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099

Bandwidth calculation during failover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100

Circuit Failover Grouping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101

Adaptive Rate Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103

FSPF link cost calculation when ARL is used. . . . . . . . . . . . 1103

QoS SID/DID priorities over an FCIP trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1104

Configuring QoS Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105

IPsec and IKE implementation over FCIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106

IPsec for the 4 Gbps platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107

IPSec for the 8 Gbps platforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

QOS, DSCP, and VLANs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

DSCP quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

VLANs and layer two quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

When both DSCP and L2CoS are used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

Open systems tape pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110

FCIP Fastwrite and Tape Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1110

FICON emulation features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111

IBM z/OS Global Mirror (z Gm) emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111

Tape write pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112

Tape read pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112

xxx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Teradata pipelining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112

Connecting cascaded FICON fabrics over FCIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112

Planning the configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1114

Configuring IP links and merging the fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . 1115

Configuring DWDM links to use R_RDYs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117

Extending RDR applications over FCIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1117

FCIP configuration guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119

Virtual Port Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119

Configuring an FCIP tunnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

Logical switch function on FCIP Tunnels dialog box . . . . . . 1122

Adding an FCIP circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123

Logical switch function in FCIP Add Circuit dialog box . . . . 1126

Circuit configuration failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127

Configuring FCIP tunnel advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127

Enabling and disabling compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127

Enabling Open Systems Tape Pipelining (OSTP) . . . . . . . . . 1128

Enabling Tperf test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129

Configuring QoS percentages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129

Configuring IPSec and IKE policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129

Configuring FICON emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131

Viewing FCIP connection properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133

Viewing General FCIP properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134

Viewing FCIP port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136

Editing FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138

Disabling FCIP tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139

Enabling FCIP tunnels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139

Deleting FCIP tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

Disabling FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

Enabling FCIP circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

Deleting FCIP Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

Displaying FCIP performance graphs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1141

Displaying performance graphs for FC ports . . . . . . . . . . . . .1141

Displaying FCIP performance graphs for Ethernet ports. . . .1141

Displaying tunnel properties from the

FCIP tunnels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142

Displaying FCIP circuit properties from the

FCIP tunnels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143

Displaying switch properties from the

FCIP Tunnels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144

Displaying fabric properties from the

FCIP Tunnels dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145

Troubleshooting FCIP Ethernet connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxi
53-1002949-01

Chapter 28 Fabric Binding

Fabric Binding overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1147

Viewing fabric binding membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1147

Enabling fabric binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149

Disabling fabric binding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150

Adding switches to the fabric binding membership list . . . .1151

Adding detached devices to the fabric binding

membership list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1151

Removing switches from fabric binding membership . . . . . 1152

High integrity fabrics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1152

Activating high integrity fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153

Deactivating high integrity fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154

Chapter 29 Port Fencing

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155

About port fencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155

Viewing port fencing configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156

Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158

C3 Discard Frames threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159

Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

Invalid words threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

Protocol error threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

State Change threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160

Adding thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1161

Adding a C3 Discard Frames threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1161

Adding an Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163

Adding an Invalid Words threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1164

Adding a Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165

Adding a Protocol Error threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166

Adding a State Change threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168

Assigning thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169

Unblocking a port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170

Avoiding port fencing inheritance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1170

Editing thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1171

Editing a C3 Discard Frames threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171

Editing an Invalid CRCs threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1171

Editing an Invalid Words threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1172

Editing a Link Reset threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173

Editing a Protocol Error threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1173

Editing a State Change threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1174

Finding assigned thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175

Viewing thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175

Viewing all thresholds on a specific Fabric OS device. . . . . .1175

Removing thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1176

Removing thresholds from individual objects . . . . . . . . . . . 1176

Removing thresholds from the thresholds table . . . . . . . . . .1177

xxxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter 30 FICON Environments

FICON configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1179

Configuring a switch for FICON operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180

Planning the configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180

Configuring the switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182

Configuring FICON display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187

Configuring an Allow/Prohibit Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187

Configuring an Allow/Prohibit Matrix manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188

Saving or copying Allow/Prohibit Matrix configurations to

another device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190

Copying an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . 1190

Saving an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration to

another device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1191

Activating an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 1192

Deleting an Allow/Prohibit Matrix configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 1193

Changing the Allow/Prohibit Matrix display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194

Changing window arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194

Clearing port names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194

Cascaded FICON fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194

Configuring a cascaded FICON fabric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1195

Cascaded FICON fabric merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1197

Merging two cascaded FICON fabrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1199

Resolving merge conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201

Port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202

Creating a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1202

Viewing port groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203

Editing a port group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204

Deleting a port group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205

Swapping blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205

Chapter 31 IP Element Manager

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207

Element Manager overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207

Element Manager using the CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207

Accessing the IP Element Manager CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208

Element Manager interface overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209

Accessing the Element Manager interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209

Switch properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210

Element Manager toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212

Displaying port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213

Status indicator icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1216

Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217

Table capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217

Performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1217

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxiii
53-1002949-01

Configure VLAN dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1218

Web Management interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219

Accessing the Web Management interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219

Accessing the IP device front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220

Web Management interface troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1220

Chapter 32 Configuration Repository and Backup

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221

Configuration repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1221

Saving the configuration status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1224

Viewing the configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226

Comparing product configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1226

Restoring a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1228

Searching the configuration repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1229

Exporting a configuration to a text file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230

Configuration deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231

Viewing configuration deviation status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231

Change tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232

Configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233

Comparing configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235

Generating a configuration snapshot report . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236

Viewing the pre- and post-configuration snapshot . . . . . . . 1238

Saving a configuration snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1239

Searching the configuration snaphots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240

Schedule backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1241

Scheduling a configuration backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241

Disabling a backup schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243

Chapter 33 IP Configuration Wizard

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245

Payloads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1246

Creating a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1247

Duplicating a payload configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254

Modifying a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254

Deploying a payload configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256

Deleting a payload configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1256

Chapter 34 CLI Configuration Management

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257

CLI configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1257

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258

Viewing existing templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1258

Product configuration templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259

xxxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Creating a new product configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1259

Changing product credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264

Importing parameter values into a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265

Previewing CLI commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1266

CLI command guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267

Copying a product configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267

Editing a product configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268

Testing a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269

Valid and invalid responses from devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270

Editing the CLI responses properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270

Editing the Network OS CLI responses properties file. . . . . .1271

Editing the Motorola Controller CLI responses

properties file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1272

Configuration command response validation . . . . . . . . . . . 1272

Using a dash character in CLI Configuration manager . . . . 1273

Configuration error checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273

Deleting a configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273

CLI configuration deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1274

Deploying a configuration on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1274

Monitoring configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275

Creating a monitoring configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1275

Copying a monitoring configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280

Editing a monitoring configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281

CLI deployment reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282

Viewing CLI deployment reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1282

CLI configuration scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283

Configuring a one-time deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 1283

Configuring an hourly deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 1283

Configuring a daily deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1284

Configuring a weekly deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1284

Configuring a monthly deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . 1284

Configuring a yearly deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285

Chapter 35 Image Repository for IP Products

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287

Obtaining software files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1287

Products supporting the image import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288

Boot image management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288

Viewing the list of boot images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288

Manually importing boot images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289

Deploying boot images to products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1290

Deleting boot images from the Management application. . 1290

Software image management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291

Viewing the list of software images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291

Manually importing software images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1291

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxv
53-1002949-01

Automatically retrieving software images from products . . 1292

Deploying software images to products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293

Deleting software images from the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293

Unified image management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294

Viewing the list of unified images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294

Importing unified images into the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1295

Updating unified images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1296

Deploying unified images to products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297

Deleting unified images from the

Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1297

Serial firmware update and activation for NOS devices. . . . . . . 1297

Chapter 36 VLAN Management

VLAN Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299

Default VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299

Super-aggregated VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1299

Private VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300

Remote Switched Port Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300

Configuration requirements for VLAN Manager . . . . . . . . . 1300

Displaying a list of VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301

VLAN management in a VCS environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301

VLAN Manager tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1302

Displaying VLANs in the VLAN view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303

Displaying VLANs by products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304

Port VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305

Adding or modifying port VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1305

Adding or modifying dual mode ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308

Assigning DCB ports to a VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1308

Adding VLAN properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309

Modifying port VLAN properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311

Deleting port VLANs from products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1311

Deploying VLAN configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312

Spanning Tree Protocol configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1312

Configuring STP or RSTP on a port VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1313

Deploying an STP configuration on a port VLAN . . . . . . . . . .1315

Configuring MSTP on a product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1316

VLAN routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318

Managing IP addresses on an SVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318

Chapter 37 MPLS Management

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321

MPLS pre-configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321

MPLS licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322

MPLS overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323

Configuring LDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323

xxxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324

Viewing LSP Admin Group information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1325

Viewing LSP path information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326

Viewing RSVP LSP information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327

Viewing saved LSP configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328

Adding an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328

Editing an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330

Duplicating an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330

Deleting an LSP admin group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331

Adding an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331

Editing an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332

Duplicating an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333

Deleting an LSP path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333

Configuring advanced RSVP LSP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334

Editing an RSVP LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341

Duplicating an RSVP LSP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341

Deleting an RSVP LSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1341

Editing a saved LSP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342

Duplicating a saved LSP configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342

Deleting a saved LSP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343

Displaying LSP Topologies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343

MPLS Virtual Leased Line (VLL) overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1345

VLL manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1346

Viewing VLL instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1347

Viewing Saved VLL configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1349

Adding or editing a VLL instance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350

Configuring devices using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 1352

Deploying target actions using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . 1354

Deploying VLL properties using the VLL Manager. . . . . . . . 1355

Scheduling deployment using the VLL Manager . . . . . . . . . 1356

Reviewing the VLL Manager summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356

Reviewing the VLL Manager configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1357

Creating a new VLL instance using duplicate . . . . . . . . . . . 1357

Editing a VLL instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358

Deleting VLL instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358

Filtering VLL traffic monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1359

Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1360

VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1362

Viewing VPLS instances and peer topologies . . . . . . . . . . . 1362

Viewing Saved VPLS configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1364

Adding or editing a VPLS instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1366

Configuring devices using the VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . 1367

Configuring endpoint settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1368

Deploying target actions using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . 1369

Deploying VPLS properties using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . 1370

Scheduling deployment using VPLS Manager . . . . . . . . . . . .1371

Reviewing the VPLS Manager summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1372

Creating a new VPLS instance from a duplicate . . . . . . . . . 1372

Editing a VPLS instance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373

Deleting a VPLS instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373

Filtering for VPLS traffic monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1374

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxvii
53-1002949-01

VCID pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375

Viewing, creating, and deleting VCID pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375

802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1376

Configuring a maintenance association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1376

Editing a maintenance association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1379

Adding a MEP to a maintenance association. . . . . . . . . . . . 1382

Editing a MEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1384

Viewing the MEPs in a maintenance association . . . . . . . . 1386

Deleting a maintenance association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1387

Checking the connectivity status of remote MEPs . . . . . . . 1388

Sending a loopback message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1389

Sending a linktrace message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1390

Configuring frame delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392

Chapter 38 VIP Servers

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395

VIP Servers overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395

VIP Server functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395

Viewing the VIP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395

Viewing VIP Server information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397

Enabling or disabling servers or server ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399

Enabling servers or server ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399

Disabling servers or server ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399

Server port statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399

Deleting a row from the Server Port Statistics list . . . . . . . 1400

Chapter 39 Global Server Load Balancing

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1401

GSLB Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1401

Configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1401

Viewing the GSLB Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1402

GSLB policy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403

Creating a GSLB policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403

GSLB site management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409

Adding a site configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409

GSLB zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411

Managing zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411

Adding a zone configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1411

Adding a host to a zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1413

Editing the list of IP addresses and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .1414

Controller configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1415

Creating a new GSLB controller configuration. . . . . . . . . . . .1416

Deploying a controller configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1418

Scheduling a deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1418

xxxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter 40 SSL Certificates for ServerIron Products

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1421

SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1421

SSL certificate configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1422

Accessing SSL certificates on the Certificate View tab . . . 1423

Accessing SSL certificates on the Product View tab . . . . . . .1424

Generating a certificate signing request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1426

Adding an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1428

Editing an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1429

Duplicating an SSL certificate and key file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430

Viewing SSL certificate details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430

Importing certificates and keys from file locations. . . . . . . . . . . .1431

Importing certificates and keys from products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432

Exporting certificates and keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433

Deploying certificates and keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1434

Creating key passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1435

Appending SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436

Chaining SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1436

Deleting SSL certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1438

Chapter 41 Deployment Manager

Introduction to the Deployment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1439

Editing a deployment configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440

Duplicating a deployment configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1440

Deleting a deployment configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1441

Deploying a configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1441

Viewing deployment logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1441

Generating a deployment report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442

Generating a deployment configuration snapshot report . . . . . 1442

Searching the configuration snapshots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1442

Chapter 42 Fibre Channel Troubleshooting

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445

FC troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1445

Tracing FC routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1446

Troubleshooting device connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1447

Confirming Fabric Device Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449

Troubleshooting port diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1450

Configuring link traffic test parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1453

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xxxix
53-1002949-01

FCIP troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454

Configuring IP ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1454

Tracing IP routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1456

Viewing FCIP tunnel performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1457

Chapter 43 Performance Data

SAN performance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1459

SAN performance measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460

SAN performance management requirements . . . . . . . . . . 1462

SAN real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1466

Generating a real-time performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . 1467

Filtering real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1468

Exporting real-time performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469

Clearing port counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1470

SAN historical performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1470

Enabling SAN-wide historical performance collection. . . . . . 1471

Enabling historical performance collection

for selected fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1471

Disabling historical performance collection . . . . . . . . . . . . .1472

Generating and saving a historical performance graph . . . .1472

Exporting historical performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1477

Deleting a favorite graph configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1477

Performance database views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1477

How to extract performance statistics data from

the database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1478

SAN end-to-end monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1478

Configuring an end-to-end monitor pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1479

Displaying end-to-end monitor pairs in a real-time graph . . 1480
Displaying end-to-end monitor pairs in a historical graph. . .1481

Refreshing end-to-end monitor pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1481

Deleting an end-to-end monitor pair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1482

SAN Top Talker monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1482

Configuring a fabric mode Top Talker monitor. . . . . . . . . . . 1483

Configuring an F_Port mode Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . 1485

Deleting a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1486

Pausing a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1487

Restarting a Top Talker monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1487

Bottleneck detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1488

Supported configurations for bottleneck detection. . . . . . . 1488

How bottlenecks are reported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489

Limitations of bottleneck detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489

Enabling bottleneck alerts and configuring

alert parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1489

Inheriting alert parameters from a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1492

Copying alert parameters from one switch or

port to another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493

Displaying bottleneck statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493

Displaying devices that could be affected by an

F_Port or FL_Port bottleneck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494

xl Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Disabling bottleneck detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1494

Thresholds and event notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495

Creating and editing a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1495

Duplicating a threshold policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1498

Assigning a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499

Deleting a threshold policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1499

SAN connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500

Enabling connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1501

Disabling connection utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502

Changing connection utilization percentages . . . . . . . . . . . 1503

IP performance monitoring and traffic analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504

IP configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1504

IP real-time performance monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505

Monitoring real-time performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1505

Adding products and ports to real-time performance . . . . 1507

Removing products and ports from

real-time performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1507

Adding measures to products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508

Removing measures from products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508

Adding measures to ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509

Removing measures from ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1510

Adding collectibles to monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1510

Removing collectibles from monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1511

Configuring the performance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1511

Exporting a graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1516

Printing a graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1516

IP historical performance monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1517

Editing system collectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1517

Displaying historical data collectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1518

Enabling a historical data collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1519

Adding or editing a historical data collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1519

Adding third-party device MIB objects manually . . . . . . . . . 1525

Configuring a MIB walk instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526

Duplicating a historical data collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1526

Deleting a historical data collector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1527

Adding, editing, or duplicating a user-defined expression . 1527

Deleting an expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1529

Viewing Historical Graphs/Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1530

Mouse functions for graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1534

MIB data collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1535

Mapping a MIB object to a unit name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1535

IP Custom performance reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536

Creating a custom report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1536

Interpreting the SNMP Monitor report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1541

Exporting an SNMP Monitor report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1541

IP sFlow configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542

Configuring sFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1542

Creating custom sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1546

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xli
53-1002949-01

Scheduling custom sFlow reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1556

Suspending a custom sFlow report schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 1559

IP Traffic analyzer monitoring and sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559

Device-level configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1559

802.1X configuration requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1560

Displaying sFlow monitoring reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1560

Selecting a report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1561

Changing the number of records gathered for

sFlow accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563

Interpreting an sFlow traffic report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563

Viewing top MAC talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565

Viewing top VLAN talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565

Viewing all Layer 3 and Layer 4 traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1566

Viewing all IPv4 Layer 3 or Layer 4 Top Talkers . . . . . . . . . . 1566

Viewing IPv4 – top TCP talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1567

Viewing IPv4 – top UDP talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1569

Viewing IPv4 – top ICMP talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570

Viewing IPv4 – Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1571

Viewing IPv6 Top Talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1571

Viewing other Layer 3 or Layer 4 Top Talkers. . . . . . . . . . . . 1572

Enabling and viewing TCP reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573

Viewing BGP paths report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575

Viewing VCS fabric Top Talker reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1575

Troubleshooting sFlow reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1576

IP traffic accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1576

Changing the number of records displayed in a

sFlow accounting report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1577

Chapter 44 Flow Vision

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1579

Why Flow Vision exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580

Fabric Vision components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580

Flow Vision licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1580

Flow Vision support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581

Flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1581

Flow provisioning and monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1582

Provisioning flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1584

Flow definition examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1591

Monitoring Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1593

Using Flow Vision dialog box options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1594

Flow Vision dialog box overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1596

Using the Performance Graph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1601

Dashboard flow performance monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1603

Flow Vision features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604

Flow Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604

Flow Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1605

Flow Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1606

Flow parameter support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1610

xlii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Context-based flow definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1611

Flow parameter and configuration rules and limitations . . . . . . .1612

General flow parameter rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1612

Supported basic flow parameter combinations . . . . . . . . . 1613

Flow Generator supported flow identification

parameter combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1613

Flow Mirror supported flow identification

parameter combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1614

Flow Monitor supported flow parameter combinations . . . 1614

Accessing Flow Vision from other management

application features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1615

Frame Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1615

MAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1615

Bottleneck Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1616

Trace route and ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1617

Port connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1618

Top Talkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619

End-to-End Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1619

Chapter 45 Frame Monitor

Frame Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1621

Frame types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1621

Frame Monitoring requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623

Creating a custom frame monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1623

Editing a frame monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1625

Assigning a frame monitor to a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1625

Finding frame monitor assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626

Removing a frame monitor from a port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1626

Removing a frame monitor from a switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1627

Chapter 46 Power Center

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629

Power center overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1629

Data monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1630

Viewing PoE data for products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1630

Viewing PoE data for ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1631

Filtering port details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1632

Viewing attached device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1633

Viewing PoE charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1635

Refreshing PoE data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638

Configuring automatic data refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639

PoE power on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639

Powering up PoE-capable ports on demand . . . . . . . . . . . . 1639

Powering down PoE-capable ports on demand . . . . . . . . . . 1640

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xliii
53-1002949-01

Schedule PoE power deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1641

Scheduling an power up deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1641

Scheduling a power down deployment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1646

Updating a power deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1647

Viewing the configured ports for a power

deployment schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1648

Deleting a power deployment schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1649

PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650

Adding a PoE product threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1650

Adding a PoE port threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1652

Viewing PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1654

Updating a PoE threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1655

Enabling PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656

Disabling PoE thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1656

Deleting PoE thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1657

Viewing PoE performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1657

Monitoring real time power performance on products . . . . .1657

Monitoring real time power performance on ports . . . . . . . 1659

Chapter 47 Policy Monitor

Policy monitor overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663

Fabric policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1664

Switch and router policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1666

Host policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1668

Management policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1670

Preconfigured policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1670

Viewing policy monitor status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1671

Viewing existing policy monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1672

Adding a policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1673

Policy monitor scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1679

Editing a policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1680

Deleting a policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1681

Configuration rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1681

Viewing configuration rule details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683

Adding a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1685

Duplicating a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1687

Editing a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688

Exporting a configuration rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688

Importing a configuration rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689

Deleting a configuration rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1689

Viewing predefined configuration conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 1689

Adding a configuration condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1690

Selecting a product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1692

Duplicating a configuration condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1692

Editing a user-defined configuration condition . . . . . . . . . . 1693

Predefined conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1694

Viewing a predefined configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1696

xliv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Adding a configuration block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1697

Duplicating a configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1698

Editing a user-defined configuration block . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1699

Deleting conditions and blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1700

Predefined blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1700

Running a policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1701

Viewing a policy monitor report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1702

Exporting a policy monitor report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1704

Viewing historical reports for all policy monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . .1705

Viewing historical reports for a policy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1705

Chapter 48 Fault Management

Fault management overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1707

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708

Event notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1708

Configuring e-mail notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1708

Defining filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1710

Setting up basic event filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1710

Setting up advanced event filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1711

Viewing events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713

SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1713

Adding a trap recipient to one or more switches. . . . . . . . . .1714

Removing a trap recipient from one or more switches . . . . .1715

SNMP trap forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1715

Event reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1719

Adding an SNMP v3 credential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1721

Adding an SNMP v1 or v2c community string . . . . . . . . . . . .1722

Importing a new MIB into the Management application. . . .1723

Trap customization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1724

SNMP informs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1726

Enabling or disabling SNMP informs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1727

Syslogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727

Adding a syslog recipient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1727

Removing a syslog recipient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1728

Syslog forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1729

Adding a syslog filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1730

Snort message forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1732

Event action definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1732

Creating an event action definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1732

Creating a new event action definition by copying

an existing definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1745

Modifying an event action definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1745

Deleting an event action definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1746

Configuring event actions for Snort messages . . . . . . . . . . .1746

Pseudo events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1748

Displaying pseudo event definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1748

Creating pseudo event definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1748

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlv
53-1002949-01

Setting pseudo event policies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1749

Filtering pseudo event traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1750

Creating a pseudo event definition by copying

an existing definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752

Editing a pseudo event definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752

Deleting a pseudo event definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752

Adding a pseudo event on the escalation policy . . . . . . . . . .1753

Creating an event action with a pseudo event

on the escalation policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1754

Adding a pseudo event on the resolving policy . . . . . . . . . . .1755

Creating an event action with a pseudo event

on the resolving policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756

Adding a pseudo event on the flapping policy . . . . . . . . . . . .1757

Creating an event action with a pseudo event

on the flapping policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1757

Event custom reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1759

Defining report settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1760

Defining the report identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1761

Filtering a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1763

Filtering report events by date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1765

Creating a new report definition by copying

an existing definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1767

Editing a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1767

Deleting a report definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1768

Event custom report schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1768

Adding or editing an event report schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1769

Event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1771

Viewing event logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1771

Copying part of a log entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1771

Copying an entire log entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1772

Exporting the entire log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1772

E-mailing all event details from the Master Log . . . . . . . . . .1773

E-mailing selected event details from the Master Log . . . . .1773

Displaying event properties from the Master Log . . . . . . . . . 1774

Copying part of the Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775

Copying the entire Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1775

Exporting the Master Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1776

Filtering events in the Master Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1776

Chapter 49 Packet Capture (Pcap)

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1781

Configuring packet captures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1781

xlvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter 50 Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite

Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1783

MAPS role-based access control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1784

Enabling MAPS on a device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1785

MAPS interoperability with other features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1785

Fabric Watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1786

MAPS category, object, and measure hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1791

MAPS categories, measures, and actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1792

MAPS monitoring categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1794

Switch Status monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1795

Fabric monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1796

FRU monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1797

Security monitoring category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1797

Resource monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1798

FCIP monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1798

Traffic/Flows monitoring category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1799

MAPS policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800

User-defined policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800

MAPS rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801

MAPS conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1802

MAPS actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803

Fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803

SNMP traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1804

Enabling or disabling policy actions for all policies . . . . . . . 1805

Configuring e-mail notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1806

Viewing MAPS policy data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807

Configuring a MAPS policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1809

Editing a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1812

Cloning a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1812

Importing Flow definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1813

Removing imported Flows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1814

Activating a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1814

Replicating a policy to other devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815

Exporting a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815

Importing a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1816

Deleting a MAPS policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1816

Viewing MAPS policy rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1817

MAPS groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1819

User-defined groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1820

Editing a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1822

Deleting a group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823

Viewing all groups on a fabric or device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823

Creating multiple groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825

Editing multiple groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1825

Deleting a group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1826

MAPS violations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1827

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlvii
53-1002949-01

MAPS events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829

Viewing MAPS events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1829

MAPS integration with other features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1832

Chapter 51 Technical Support

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833

Server and client support save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1833

Capturing Server and Client support save data . . . . . . . . . 1833

Capturing Server support save data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1834

Capturing Client support save data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1835

Client support save using a command line interface . . . . . 1836

Device technical support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1837

Scheduling technical support information collection . . . . . 1837

Starting immediate technical support

information collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1841

Viewing the technical support repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1844

Saving technical support information to

another location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1845

E-mailing technical support information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846

Copying technical support information to an

external FTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1846

Deleting technical support files from the repository . . . . . . 1847

Upload failure data capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1847

Enabling upload failure data capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1847

Disabling upload failure data capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849

Purging upload failure data capture files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849

Configuring the upload failure data capture FTP server . . . 1850

Saving the upload failure data capture repository . . . . . . . 1850

Chapter 52 Reports

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1851

Reports overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1852

Browser requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1852

SAN report types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1852

Generating SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1852

Viewing SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1853

Exporting SAN reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854

Printing SAN reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1854

Deleting SAN reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855

Generating SAN performance reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1855

Generating SAN zoning reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1857

Viewing IP reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858

Exporting and saving IP reports to a file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858

Exporting IP reports to e-mail recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858

xlviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

IP report contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1859

IP Wired Products report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1860

Detailed Product Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1861

Detailed Cluster Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1865

IP Module report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1867

IP Port VLANs report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1867

IP Layer 3 VLAN report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1868

IP Subnet report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1868

IP Address report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869

MAC Address report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870

IP Physical Ports - Realtime report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1870

IP Stacking Ports - Realtime report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1871

IP Physical Media - Realtime report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1871

IP Deployment reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872

Viewing a deployment report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1872

Reports Template Manager overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873

Preconfigured reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873

User-defined reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1873

Accessing the Report Template Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1874

Viewing a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1875

Importing a report template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1876

Exporting a report template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1876

Deleting reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1876

Report content and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1877

Products List report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1878

Detailed Product Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879

Detailed Cluster Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1881

Ports Tx/Rx Ratio report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1883

Low Traffic Ports report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1885

Exporting data from the report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1886

Appendix A Application menus

Dashboard main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1887

SAN main menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1888

IP main menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1898

SAN shortcut menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1905

IP shortcut menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1920

Appendix B Call Home Event Tables

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual xlix
53-1002949-01

Appendix C Event Categories

Link incident events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929

Product status events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1929

Product audit events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1930

Security events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931

Security events for FC devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931

Security events for IP devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1931

User action events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932

Management server events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1932

Product events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933

IP Performance monitoring events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933

Appendix D User Privileges

About user privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1935

About Roles and Access Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1956

Appendix E Device Properties

SAN device properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1961

Viewing Fabric properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1961

Viewing SAN device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1962

Viewing Storage properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1966

Viewing iSCSI Properties dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1968

Viewing port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1970

Viewing VC module properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1975

IP device properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1976

Viewing IP device and port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1976

Viewing VCS fabric properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980

Host properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988

Viewing adapter port properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1988

Properties customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1990

Adding a property field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991

Editing a property field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1991

Deleting a property field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992

Editing a property field directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1992

Appendix F Regular Expressions

Appendix G CLI Templates

l Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter H Troubleshooting

In this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Application Configuration Wizard troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 2018

Browser troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2018

Client browser troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2019

Configuration backup and restore troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . 2019

Fabric tracking troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020

FICON troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2020

Firmware download troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2021

Launch Client troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2022

Master Log and Switch Console troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024

Names troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2024

Patch troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2025

Performance troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2026

Port Fencing troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030

Professional edition login troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030

Server troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2030

Server Management Console troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2031

Supportsave troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2032

Technical support data collection troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . 2033

View All list troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2033

Wireless troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034

Zoning troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2034

Appendix I Database Fields

In this appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037

Database tables and fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2037

Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2243

ADAPTER_PORT_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2243

AG_CONNECTION_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2243

BOOT_IMAGE_FILE_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2244

CNA_ETH_PORT_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2244

CNA_PORT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2245

CNA_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2245

CORE_SWITCH_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2246

CRYPTO_HOST_LUN_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2247

CRYPTO_TARGET_ENGINE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2248

DASHBOARD_PREFERENCES_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2248

DEPLOYMENT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2249

DEPLOYMENT_LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2249

DEVICE_CONNECTION_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2250

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual li
53-1002949-01

EE_MONITOR_STATS_5MIN_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2251

EE_MONITOR_STATS_30MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2251

EE_MONITOR_STATS_2HOUR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2251

EE_MONITOR_STATS_1DAY_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2252

TE_PORT_STATS_5MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2252

TE_PORT_STATS_30MIN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2252

TE_PORT_STATS_2HOUR_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2253

TE_PORT_STATS_1DAY_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2253

SWITCH_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2254

DEVICE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2256

N2F_PORT_MAP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2257

DEVICE_NODE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2257

DEVICE_PORT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2258

DEV_PORT_GIGE_PORT_LINK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2259

DEV_PORT_MAC_ADDR_MAP_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2260

ISL_CONNECTION_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2260

ISL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2261

ETHERNET_ISL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2262

EVENT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2262

EVENT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2263

FABRIC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2264

FCIP_TUNNEL_CIRCUIT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2265

FCIP_TUNNEL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2266

FCOE_DEVICE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2267

FRU_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2268

GIGE_PORT_ECLOUD_LINK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2268

GIGE_PORT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2269

HBA_PORT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2269

HBA_TARGET_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2271

HEALTH_STATUS_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2272

HOST_DISCOVERY_REQUEST_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2273

IFL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2274

ISL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2274

ISL_TRILL_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2275

ISL_TRUNK_GROUP_MEMBER_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2277

ISL_TRUNK_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2277

L2_NEIGHBOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2278

MAPS_EVENT_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2278

MODULE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2279

NPORT_WWN_MAP_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2280

PHANTOM_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2281

PRODUCT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2281

PORT_BOTTLENECK_CONF_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2284

PORT_BOTTLENECK_STAT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2284

PORT_GROUP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2284

ROLE_PRIVILEGE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2285

PORT_PROFILE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2285

PORT_PROFILE_INTERFACE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2286

PORT_PROFILE_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2286

PORT_VLAN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2287

SFLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2287

SFLOW_MINUTE_L3_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2289

lii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

SFLOW_MINUTE_MAC_VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2290

SCOM_EE_MONITOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2291

SENSOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2292

SMART_CARD_USAGE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2292

SWITCH_CONFIG_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2293

SWITCH_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2294

SWITCH_DISCOVERED_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2296

SWITCH_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2296

SWITCH_SNMP_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2298

TIME_SERIES_DATA_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2300

TIME_SERIES_DATA_VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2301

TRILL_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2302

TRILL_TRUNK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2303

USER_ROLE_RESOURCE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2303

VIRTUAL_FCOE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304

VIRTUAL_PORT_WWN_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2304

VM_ADDRESS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2305

VM_CONNECTIVITY_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2306

VM_DATASTORE_DETAILS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2308

VM_EE_MONITOR_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2309

VM_HOST_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2309

VM_LUN_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2310

VM_STATISTICS_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2311

VR_CONN_MODULE_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2313

VR_CONN_MODULE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2314

VR_CONN_NPIV_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2315

VMM_DISCOVERED_MAC_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2316

VM_VIRTUAL_ETHERNET_ADAPTER_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2317

ZONE_DB_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2317

PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2321

SLOT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2321

MANAGED_ELEMENT_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2321

SNMP_DATA_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2322

SNMP_EXPR_DATA_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2322

SNMP_DATA_VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2322

VM_VNETWORK_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2324

VCS_CLUSTER_MEMBER_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2326

RESET_VCS_LICENSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2326

TRILL_TRUNK_INFO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2327

WIRELESS_INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2327

WIRED_INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2328

CEE_PORT_INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2329

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual liii
53-1002949-01

About This Document

In this chapter

•How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liii

•Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lvi

•What’s new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxiii

•Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxv

•Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvi

•Getting technical help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxvii

•Document feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lxviii

How this document is organized

This document is organized to help you find the information that you want as quickly and easily as
possible. This document supports Network Advisor 12.1.X and later.

The document contains the following components:

• Chapter 1, “Getting Started,” provides a high-level overview of the user interface.

• Chapter 2, “Licenses,” provides information about the Management application license and

upgrading your license.

• Chapter 3, “Patches,” provides information about installing patches.

• Chapter 4, “Discovery,” describes how to discover SANs and hosts as well as IP devices.

• Chapter 5, “Management Groups,” describes how to create product and port management

groups.

• Chapter 6, “Application Configuration,” provides Management application configuration

instructions.

• Chapter 7, “User Account Management,” provides information on how to manage users.

• Chapter 8, “Dashboard Management,” provides details about the Dashboard tab.

• Chapter 9, “View Management,” provides view and topology configuration instructions.

• Chapter 10, “MRP Topology,” provides details about MRP topology.

• Chapter 11, “Call Home,” provides call home configuration instructions.

• Chapter 12, “Third-party tools,” provides instructions for adding and launching third-party

tools.

• Chapter 13, “Server Management Console,” provides information on using the Server

Management Console to stop and start the Management application services, back up the
Management application database, and capture technical support information.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual liii
53-1002949-01

• Chapter 14, “SAN Device Configuration,” provides device configuration instructions.

• Chapter 15, “Host Port Mapping,” provides instructions about how to create Hosts and assign

the HBAs to them and import an externally created Host port mapping file (.CSV) to the
Management application.

• Chapter 16, “Storage Port Mapping,” provides instructions about how to create and assign

properties to a storage device.

• Chapter 17, “Wireless Management,” provides information about wireless devices.

• Chapter 18, “VCS Management,” provides information on VCS fabrics. This chapter is for

Network OS devices only.

• Chapter 19, “Host Management,” provides information on how to configure an HBA.

• Chapter 20, “Fibre Channel over Ethernet,” provides information on how to configure FCoE.

• Chapter 21, “Telemetry,” provides instructions for you to monitor, report, and analyze traffic

information and data on your network.

• Chapter 22, “Security Management,” provides security configuration instructions.

• Chapter 23, “FC-FC Routing Service Management,” provides information on how to manage

Fibre Channel Routing.

• Chapter 24, “Virtual Fabrics,” provides information on configuring and managing logical

switches.

• Chapter 25, “SAN Encryption Configuration,” provides information on configuring encryption.

• Chapter 26, “Zoning,” provides zoning configuration instructions.

• Chapter 27, “Fibre Channel over IP,” provides information on how to configure FCIP.

• Chapter 28, “Fabric Binding,” provides fabric binding instructions.

• Chapter 29, “Port Fencing,” provides information on how to configure port fencing.

• Chapter 30, “FICON Environments,” provides information on how to manage FICON.

• Chapter 31, “IP Element Manager,” provides instructions for accessing a device by connecting

to its command line interface (CLI) or Web Management Interface.

• Chapter 32, “Configuration Repository and Backup,” provides information on saving and

backing up configurations.

• Chapter 33, “IP Configuration Wizard,” provides information on creating and deploying

configuration payloads.

• Chapter 34, “CLI Configuration Management,” provides information on creating configurations

and reports using command line interface commands.

• Chapter 35, “Image Repository for IP Products,” provides information for importing and

deploying boot, monitor, software, and unified images.

• Chapter 36, “VLAN Management,” provides information on how to manage Virtual Local Area

Networks (VLANs).

• Chapter 37, “MPLS Management,” provides information on how to configure Multi-protocol

Label Switching (MPLS).

• Chapter 38, “VIP Servers,” provides information on how to manage virtual IP servers.

• Chapter 39, “Global Server Load Balancing,” provides information on how to configure Global

Server Load Balancing policies.

• Chapter 40, “SSL Certificates for ServerIron Products,” provides information on how to import

and deploy SSL certificates and keys.

liv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

• Chapter 41, “Deployment Manager,” provides information about how to view, deploy, and

manage deployment configurations.

• Chapter 42, “Fibre Channel Troubleshooting,” provides troubleshooting details for Fibre

Channel devices.

• Chapter 43, “Performance Data,” provides information on how to manage performance.

• Chapter 44, “Flow Vision,” is a network diagnostic tool that provides a unified platform to

manage traffic-related applications on Fabric OS devices.

• Chapter 45, “Frame Monitor,” provides information on how to monitor frames.

• Chapter 46, “Power Center,” provides information on how to monitor power on Power over

Ethernet (PoE) products.

• Chapter 47, “Policy Monitor,” provides information on how to configure best practice

guidelines.

• Chapter 48, “Fault Management,” provides event management instructions.

• Chapter 49, “Packet Capture (Pcap),” provides information on how to configure switches as

sensors to capture packets.

• Chapter 50, “Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite,” provides an optional storage area network

(SAN) health monitor that allows you to enable each switch to constantly monitor its SAN fabric
for potential faults and automatically alerts you to problems long before they become costly
failures.

• Chapter 51, “Technical Support,” provides server, client, and device supportSave instructions.

• Chapter 52, “Reports,” provides instructions for generating reports.

• Appendix A, “Application menus,” provides information about the main and shortcut menus.

• Appendix B, “Call Home Event Tables,” provides supplemental information about call home

event tables.

• Appendix C, “Event Categories,” provides supplemental information about events.

• Appendix D, “User Privileges,” provides supplemental information about user privileges and

access levels.

• Appendix E, “Device Properties,” provides reference information related to fabric, product, and

port properties.

• Appendix F, “Regular Expressions,” provides a summary of Unicode regular expression

constructs that you can use in the Management application.

• Appendix G, “CLI Templates,” provides information about preconfigured CLI templates.

• Appendix H, “Troubleshooting,” provides general troubleshooting details.

• Appendix I, “Database Fields,” provides reference information related to databases.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lv
53-1002949-01

Supported hardware and software

NOTE

In those instances in which procedures or parts of procedures documented here apply to some
devices but not to others, this guide identifies exactly which devices are supported and which are
not.

Although many different software and hardware configurations are tested and supported by
Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. for Network Advisor 12.1.X, documenting all possible
configurations and scenarios is beyond the scope of this document.

Fabric OS hardware and software support

The following firmware platforms are supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.1.X:

• Fabric OS 5.0 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric

• Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed fabric

Discovery of a Secure Fabric OS fabric in strict mode is not supported.

The hardware platforms in the following table are supported by this release of Network Advisor

12.1.X.

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade 200E switch 16-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 300 switch 24-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 4012 switch Embedded 12-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4016 switch Embedded 16-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4018 switch Embedded 18-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4020 switch Embedded 20-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4024 switch Embedded 24-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v5.3.1 or later

Brocade 4100 switch 32-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch

Brocade 4900 switch 64-port, 4 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later

Brocade 5000 switch 32-port, 4 Gbps FC Interop Switch Fabric OS v5.2.1 or later

Brocade 5100 switch 32-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 5300 switch 64-port, 8 Gbps FC Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 5410 embedded switch Embedded 12-port, 8 Gbps Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade M5424 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5450 embedded switch Embedded 16-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5460 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5470 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch

Brocade 5480 embedded switch Embedded 24-port, 8 Gbps Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade NX-220 8Gb Embedded Switch Module Embedded 16-port, 8 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later

lvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade 6505 switch 24-port, 16 Gbps Edge switch Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

Brocade M6505 embedded switch 24-port, 16 Gbps embedded switch Fabric OS v7.2.0 or later

Brocade 6510 switch 48-port, 16 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

Brocade 6520 switch 96-port, 16 Gbps switch Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later

Brocade 6547 embedded switch 48-port, 16 Gbps embedded switch Fabric OS v7.2.0 or later

Brocade 7500 Extension switch 4 Gbps Router, Extension Switch Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later

Brocade 7500E Extension switch 4 Gbps Extension Switch Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later

FR4-18i

Brocade AP7600 switch 4 Gbps 32-port Switch Fabric OS v6.1.0 or later

Brocade 7800 switch 8 Gbps Extension Switch Fabric OS v6.3.0 or later

Brocade 8000 switch 8 Gbps 8-FC port, 10 GbE 24-DCB port Switch Fabric OS v6.1.2_CEE

Brocade 8470 FCoE embedded switch FCoE Embedded Switch Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

Brocade VA-40FC switch 8 Gbps 40-port Switch

Brocade 415 Host Bus Adapter 4 Gbps 1-port HBA

Brocade 425 Host Bus Adapter 4 Gbps 2-port HBA

Brocade 815 Host Bus Adapter 8 Gbps 1-port HBA

Brocade 825 Host Bus Adapter 8 Gbps 2-port HBA

Brocade 1860 Fabric Adapter 16 Gbps FC HBA mode

Brocade 1867 HBA 16 Gbps Mezzanine HBA Adapter Software 3.0.3.0 or later

Brocade 48000 director Director Chassis

Brocade 48000 director with FC4-16, FC4-32,
and FC4-48 Blades

Brocade 48000 director with FR4-18i

Brocade 48000 director with FC4-16IP

Brocade 48000 director with FC10-6

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX
FC8-48 Blades

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

Blade 4 Gbps Router, Extension blades

10 Gbps CNA mode
10 Gbps NIC mode

Director Chassis with 4 Gbps 16-FC port, 4 Gbps
32-FC port, and 4 Gbps 48-FC port

Blades Director Chassis with 4 Gbps router, extension

blades

Blades Director Chassis with 4 Gbps 8-FC port and 8

GbE iSCSI blades

Blades Director Chassis with 10 Gbps 6-port ISL blades Fabric OS v5.3.0 or later (FC10-6)

1, 2

1, 2

with FC8-16, FC8-32, and

8-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 16-FC port,
8 Gbps 32-FC port, and 8 Gbps 48-FC port
blades

1, 2

with FC8-64 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 64-FC port

blades

1, 2

with FR4-18i Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 4 Gbps Router,

Extension blade

1, 2

with FC10-6 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade Fabric OS v6.2.0

1, 2

with FS8-18 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with Encryption Blade Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

Adapter Software 3.0.0.0 or later

Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later (FC4-48)

Fabric OS v5.1.0 or later (FR4-18i)

Fabric OS v5.2.0 or later (FC4-16IP)

Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

Fabric OS v6.4.0

Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lvii
53-1002949-01

TABLE 1 Fabric OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S
FC8-48 Blades

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX-4S

Brocade DCX 8510-4 16 Gbps 4-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

Brocade DCX 8510-8

Brocade Encryption Switch 8 Gbps Encryption Switch Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

FS8-18 Encryption Blade Encryption Blade

FA4-18 Application Platform Blade Application Platform Blade

FC8-16 Blade FC 8 GB 16-port Blade

FC8-32 Blade FC 8 GB 32-port Blade

FC8-48 Blade FC 8 GB 48-port Blade

FC8-64 Blade FC 8 GB 64-port Blade

FC10-6 Blade FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade

FC8-32E blade

FC8-48E blade

FC16-32 Blade 16 Gbps 32-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

FC16-48 Blade 16 Gbps 48-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

FCoE10-24 Blade 10 Gbps FCoE Port Router Blade

FX8-24 Blade

1, 2

with FX8-24 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 12-FC port,

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

10 GbE ports, 2-10 GbE por ts blade

1, 2

with FCoE10-24 Blades 8-slot Backbone Chassis with 10 Gbps 24-port

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE

FCoE blade

with FC8-16, FC8-32, and

4-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v6.0.0 or later

4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 16-FC port,

Fabric OS v6.2.0
8 Gbps 32-FC port, and 8 Gbps 48-FC port
blades

with FC8-64 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 64-FC port

Fabric OS v6.4.0
blades

with FR4-18i Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 4 Gbps Router,

Fabric OS v6.2.0
Extension blade

with FC10-6 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with FC 10 - 6 ISL Blade Fabric OS v6.2.0

with FS8-18 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with Encryption Blade Fabric OS v6.1.1_enc or later

with FX8-24 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 8 Gbps 12-FC port,

Fabric OS v6.3.1_CEE
10 GbE ports, 2-10 GbE por ts blade

with FCoE10-24 Blades 4-slot Backbone Chassis with 10 Gbps 24-port

Fabric OS v6.3.0 or later
FCoE blade

1, 2

16 Gbps 8-slot Backbone Chassis Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later

3

3

1, 2

8 Gbps 32-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

8 Gbps 48-port blade Fabric OS v7.0.1 or later

8 Gbps Extension Blade

1 Professional can discover, but not manage this device. Use the device’s Element Manager, which can be launched from the

Connectivity Map, to manage the device. This device cannot be used as a Seed switch.

2 Professional Plus Trial and Licensed version can discover, but not manage, this device. Use the device’s Element Manager, which can

be launched from the Connectivity Map, to manage the device. This device cannot be used as a Seed switch.

3 Only supported on the DCX 8510-4 and DCX 8510-8 chassis.

lviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

IronWare hardware and software support

The following firmware platforms are supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.1.X:

• BigIron 2.7.02e (sustaining mode) or later

• FastIron 7.2.0 or later

• NetIron 5.1.0 or later

• ServerIron (JetCore) 11.0 or later

• ServerIron ADX 12.2.0 or later

• TurboIron 4.2.0 or later

For platform-specific firmware requirements, refer to Table 2 .

Tab le 2 lists the hardware platforms supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.1.X, the

terminology used in the documentation, as well as any specific firmware requirements.

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

BigIron family Ethernet Chassis BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-4 (BI-RX-4-AC) Ethernet Chassis, 4 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-8 (BI-RX-8-AC) Ethernet Chassis, 8 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

BigIron RX-16 (BI-RX-16-AC-A) Ethernet Chassis, 16 interface slots BigIron 2.7.02e or 2.7.01b

Brocade 6910 Ethernet Access Switch Ethernet Access Switch release 2.0.2.7, loader version 1.0.1.3

FastIron family Ethernet switch See individual device.

FastIron CX 624S (FCX624S) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648S (FCX648S) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 624S-HPOE (FCX624S-HPOE) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports, 24 POE+ ports

FastIron CX 648S-HPOE (FCX648S-HPOE) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports, 48 POE+ ports

FastIron CX 624S-F (FCX624S-F) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 20 SFP ports FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron CX 624-E (FCX624-E) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 624-I (FCX624-I) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 24 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648-E (FCX648-E) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

FastIron CX 648-I (FCX648-I) Ethernet L2/L3 Edge switch, 48 1GbE

RJ45 ports

ICX 6610 Stackable switch family Campus LAN Edge stackable switch FastIron 07.0.3 and later

ICX 6610-24 Stackable switch 24 RJ-45 ports Campus LAN Edge

stackable switch

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

FastIron 06.0.00 and later

Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lix
53-1002949-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

ICX 6610-48 Stackable switch 48 RJ-45 ports Campus LAN Edge

stackable switch

ICX 6610-24F Stackable switch 24 SFP ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6610-24P Stackable switch 24 PoE ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6610-48P Stackable switch 48 PoE ports Campus LAN Edge stackable

switch

ICX 6430-24 switch 24-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-24-HPOE switch 24-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-48 switch 48-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430-48-HPOE switch 48-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450 stacking switch Campus LAN stacking switch FastIron 8.0 or later

ICX 6450-24 switch 24-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Base L3 router 24-port Campus LAN Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Base router 24-port Campus LAN Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24 Premium router 24-port Campus LAN Premium router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE switch 24-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Base L3 router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Base router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-24-HPOE Premium router 24-port Campus LAN HPOE Premium

router

ICX 6450-48 switch 48-port Campus LAN switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Base L3 router 48-port Campus LAN Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Base router 48-port Campus LAN Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48 Premium router 48-port Campus LAN Premium router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE switch 48-port Campus LAN HPOE switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Base L3 router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Base L3 router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Base router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Base router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6450-48-HPOE Premium router 48-port Campus LAN HPOE Premium

router

ICX 6430 IronStack switch 24-port Campus LAN stackable switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Base L3 router Campus LAN Base L3 stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Base router Campus LAN Base stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

ICX 6430 IronStack Premium router Campus LAN Premium stackable router FastIron 07.4.00 and later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.0.3 and later
Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron 07.4.00 and later

FastIron 07.4.00 and later

lx Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

ICX 6450 IronStack switch 48-port Campus LAN stackable switch FastIron 07.4.00 and later

Hyper Edge stacking requires FastIron

8.0 or later

FastIron GS Ethernet L2/L3 Access switch

FastIron GS-STK Ethernet L2/L3 Access switch, stackable

FastIron LS Enterprise LAN switch

FastIron LS-STK Enterprise LAN switch, stackable

FastIron SuperX/SX Enterprise LAN chassis FSX 02.4.00 and later

FastIron 8-port 10 GbE SFP Blade 8-port 10 GbE SFP Blade

FastIron 24-port Fiber SFP GbE Blade 24-port Fiber SFP GbE Blade

FastIron 24-port GbE Cu Blade 24-port GbE Cu Blade

FastIron 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Blade 2-port 10GbE SFP+ Blade

FastIron Edge Switch X-Series Enterprise LAN Edge switch

FastIron Edge X 424 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 24

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 624 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 24

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 448 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 48

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 648 Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 48

10/100/1000 Mbps ports

FastIron Edge X 424HF Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 20 100/1000

Mbps SFP ports

FastIron Edge X 624HF Enterprise LAN Edge switch, 20 100/1000

Mbps SFP ports

FastIron WS devices Enterprise Campus switch

Motorola Controllers RFS4000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Controllers RFS6000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Controllers RFS7000 series Wireless controller Mobility 5.1

Motorola Access Point 7131 Wireless access point Mobility 4.1.1 (standalone mode)

Mobility 5.1

Motorola Access Point 7131N Wireless access point Mobility 4.1.1 (standalone mode)

Mobility 5.1

Motorola Access Point 5181 Wireless access point Mobility 2.5.X (standalone mode)

Mobility 5.1

Motorola Access Point 6511 Wireless access point Mobility 5.1

NetIron family Ethernet routers NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

NetIron MLX

Ethernet router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1
(Supported regardless of license
configuration)

1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

1

(adaptive mode)

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxi
53-1002949-01

TABLE 2 IronWare-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

NetIron MLXe
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron XMR
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron CES 2048CX (NI-CES-2048CX-AC)
(Supported regardless of license

configuration)

NetIron CER
(Supported regardless of license
configuration)

ServerIron family Application product

ServerIron ADX 1000 Application switch

ServerIron ADX 1000F Application Fiber switch ADX 12.3.03 or later

ServerIron ADX 4000 4U Application Delivery chassis ADX 12.1.00 or later

ServerIron ADX 10000 10U Application Delivery chassis ADX 12.1.00 or later

TurboIron Family Data Center switch 4.1.00d or 4.2.00 or later

TurboIron 24X (T1-24X-AC) Data Center switch 4.1.00d or 4.2.00 or later

Brocade 6650 Switch Data Center switch FastIron 7.5 and later

Brocade 6650 Base L3 Router Data Center base L3 router FastIron 7.5 and later

Brocade 6650 Router Data Center router FastIron 7.5 and later

Ethernet Core router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Backbone router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Carrier router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

Ethernet Edge router NetIron 5.0.0 or 5.0.1

1 The Management application cannot discover or manage wireless access points running Mobility 5.1.

Network OS hardware and software support

Network Advisor 12.1.X supports the Network OS 3.0 firmware platform. For platform-specific
firmware requirements, if any, refer to the Table 3.

Tab le 3 lists the hardware platforms supported by this release of Network Advisor 12.1.X, the

terminology used in the documentation, as well as any specific firmware requirements.

TABLE 3 Network OS-supported hardware

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade VDX 2730 10 Gbps connection blade VDX 2730 10 Gbps connection blade 2.1.1_fuj

Brocade VDX 2740 switch VDX 2740 switch 4.0.0_bbd

Brocade VDX 6710 switch VDX 6710 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6720-24 switch VDX 6720-24 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6720-60 switch VDX 6720-60 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6730-32 switch VDX 6730-32 switch 2.1 or later

Brocade VDX 6730-74 switch VDX 6730-74 switch 2.1 or later

lxii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

TABLE 3 Network OS-supported hardware (Continued)

Device name Terminology used in documentation Firmware level required

Brocade VDX 6740 switch VDX 6740 switch 4.0 or later

Brocade VDX 6740-T switch VDX 6740-T switch 4.0 or later

Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch VDX 8770-4 switch 3.0 or later

Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch VDX 8770-8 switch 3.0 or later

What’s new in this document

The following changes have been made since this document was last released:

• Information that was added:

- Dashboard

 Product Status and Traffic dashboard
 SAN Port Health dashboard
 IP Port Health dashboard
 Out of Range Violations widget (MAPS)
 Port Health Violations widget (MAPS)
 Flow vision monitors
 New performance monitors
 Expand navigation bar
 Network Scope
 Time Scope

- View Management - new status icons

- FCIP

 Logical switch function on FCIP Tunnels dialog box
 Connecting cascaded FICON fabrics over FCIP”
 Circuit Failover Grouping
 Logical switch function in FCIP Add Circuit dialog box

- FICON — Configuring a switch for FICON operation

- Flow Vision (SAN)

- Monitoring and Alerting Policy Suite (SAN)

- Private VLAN

- Report Template Manager (IP)

- Server Management console — Common Access Card Authentication (new)

- Performance — Performance database views

- Fault Management — Master Log filters

- Zoning — Support for LSAN tagging configured through the CLI (Management application

displays the tags)

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxiii
53-1002949-01

• Information that was changed:

- View management — changes to Accept changes dialog box

- Dashboard (SAN and IP) — Port status widgets and performance monitors enhancements

- FCIP

 FCIP services licensing
 Bandwidth calculation during failover
 FCIP configuration guidelines
 Add FCIP Circuit dialog box
 Adding an FCIP circuit” to add Failover Group ID

- FICON — Cascaded FICON fabric merge

- Deployment dialog box renamed Task Scheduler dialog box

- Virtual Switches — Port address binding

- Performance

 SAN performance overview
 SAN Historical performance dat
 Generating and saving historical performance graph
 SA N To p Talker m o nitoring
 Enabling bottleneck alert sand configuring alert parameters
 Configuring the performance graph display
 IP Historical performance monitoring
 Viewing historical graphs/tables
 Creating a custom report

- Fault Management

 Event Actions enhancements
 Reports Trap/Syslog Forwarding enhancements

- Zoning — Allows Alias type members for LSAN zones

- Database tables

For further information about new features and documentation updates for this release, refer to
the release notes.

• Information that was deleted:

- M-EOS support

lxiv Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Document conventions

NOTE

ATTENTION

This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this
document.

Text formatting

The narrative-text formatting conventions that are used are as follows:

bold text Identifies command names

italic text Provides emphasis

code text Identifies CLI output

For readability, command names in the narrative portions of this guide are presented in mixed
lettercase: for example, switchShow. In actual examples, command lettercase is all lowercase.

Identifies the names of user-manipulated GUI elements
Identifies keywords and operands
Identifies text to enter at the GUI or CLI

Identifies variables
Identifies paths and Internet addresses
Identifies document titles

Identifies command syntax examples

Notes, cautions, and warnings

The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of
increasing severity of potential hazards.

A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a
reference to related information.

An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data.

Key terms

For definitions specific to Brocade and Fibre Channel, see the Brocade Glossary.

For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online
dictionary at:

http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxv
53-1002949-01

Notice to the reader

This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These
trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations.

These references are made for informational purposes only.

Corporation Referenced trademarks and products

Linus Torvalds Linux

Microsoft Corporation Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer

Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape

Red Hat, Inc. Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Maximum RPM, Linux Undercover

Sun Microsystems, Inc. Sun, Solaris, Sun Fire, Sun Ultra, Java Plug-in

The Open Group UNIX

VMware, Inc. VMware

Additional information

This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you might find
helpful.

Brocade resources

To get up-to-the-minute information, go to http://my.brocade.com to register at no cost for a user ID
and password.

White papers, online demonstrations, and data sheets are available through the Brocade website
at:

http://www.brocade.com/products-solutions/products/index.page

For additional Brocade documentation, visit the Brocade website:

http://www.brocade.com

Release notes are available on the MyBrocade website and are also bundled with the Fabric OS
firmware.

lxvi Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Other industry resources

'"!&'

FT00X0054E9

For additional resource information, visit the Technical Committee T11 website. This website
provides interface standards for high-performance and mass storage applications for Fibre
Channel, storage management, and other applications:

http://www.t11.org

For information about the Fibre Channel industry, visit the Fibre Channel Industry Association
website:

http://www.fibrechannel.org

Getting technical help

Contact your switch support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including
product repairs and part ordering. To expedite your call, have the following information available:

1. Management Application Serial Number

To obtain the Management application serial number, select Help > License. The License
dialog box displays.

2. General Information

• Switch model

• Switch operating system version

• Error numbers and messages received

• supportSave command output

• Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately

following the problem, and specific questions

• Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results

• Serial console and Telnet session logs

• syslog message logs

3. Switch Serial Number

The switch serial number and corresponding bar code are provided on the serial number label,
as illustrated below:

The serial number label is located as follows:

• Brocade 200E—On the nonport side of the chassis

• Brocade 300, 4100, 4900, 5100, 5300, 7500, 7800, 8000, VA-40FC, and Brocade

Encryption Switch—On the switch ID pull-out tab located inside the chassis on the port side
on the left

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual lxvii
53-1002949-01

• Brocade 5000—On the switch ID pull-out tab located on the bottom of the port side of the

switch

• Brocade 7600—On the bottom of the chassis

• Brocade 48000—Inside the chassis next to the power supply bays

• Brocade DCX and DCX-4S—On the bottom right on the port side of the chassis

4. World Wide Name (WWN)

Use the licenseIdShow command to display the WWN of the chassis.

If you cannot use the licenseIdShow command because the switch is inoperable, you can get
the WWN from the same place as the serial number, except for the Brocade DCX. For the
Brocade DCX, access the numbers on the WWN cards by removing the Brocade logo plate at
the top of the nonport side of the chassis.

Document feedback

Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this document. However, if you find an error or an omission, or you think that a
topic needs further development, we want to hear from you. Forward your feedback to:

[e-mail]

Provide the title and version number of the document and as much detail as possible about your
comment, including the topic heading and page number and your suggestions for improvement.

lxviii Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter

NOTE

Getting Started

In this chapter

•User interface components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

•Management server and client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

•Accessibility features for the Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

•PostgreSQL database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

•Supported open source software products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

•SAN feature-to-firmware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

User interface components

The Management application provides easy, centralized management of the network, as well as
quick access to all product configuration applications. Using this application, you can configure,
manage, and monitor your networks with ease.

1

The Management application’s main window contains a number of areas. The following graphic
illustrates the various areas, and descriptions of them are listed below.

Some widgets may be hidden. To display a widget to the Dashboard tab, click the Customize
Dashboard icon (“Customizing the dashboard widgets and monitors” on page 275).

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 1
53-1002949-01

User interface components

1

FIGURE 1 Main window

1. Menu bar — Lists commands you can perform on the Management application. The available
commands vary depending on which tab (SAN, IP, or Dashboard) you select. For a list of
available commands, refer to Appendix A, “Application menus”.

2. Toolbar — Provides buttons that enable quick access to dialog boxes and functions. The
available buttons vary depending on which tab (SAN, IP, or Dashboard) you select. For a list of
available commands, refer to “SAN main toolbar” on page 363,“IP main toolbar” on page 370,
or “Dashboard toolbar” on page 271.

3. Tabs — Provides quick access to the following views:

• Dashboard tab — Provides a high-level overview of the network managed by Management

application server. For more information, refer to “Dashboard Management” on page 269.

• SAN tab — Displays the Master Log, Minimap, Connectivity Map (topology), and Product

List. For more information, refer to the “SAN tab overview” on page 362.

• IP tab — Displays the Master Log, Minimap, Connectivity Map (topology), and Product List.

For more information, refer to the “IP tab overview”.

4. Status bar — Displays the connection, port, product, fabric, special event, Call Home, and
backup status, as well as Server and User data.

2 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

The Management application has two parts: the Server and the Client. The Server is installed on
one machine and stores device-related information; it does not have a user interface. To view
information through a user interface, you must log in to the Server through a Client. The Server and
Clients may reside on the same machine, or on separate machines. If you are running Professional,
the server and the client must be on the same machine.

Logging into a server

You must log into a server to monitor your network.

You must have an established user account on the server to log in.

To log into a server, complete the following steps.

1. Double-click the desktop icon or open the application from the Start menu.

The Log In dialog box displays (Figure 2).

Management server and client

1

FIGURE 2 Log In dialog box

2. Log into another server by entering the IP address to the other server in the Network Address
field.

The server must be the exact same version, edition, starting port number, and network size as
the client.

3. Remove a server from the Network Address list by selected the IP address and clicking Delete.

4. Choose one of the following optins:

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+), or a switch, complete the following steps.

a. Enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

b. Select or clear the Save password check box to choose whether you want the

application to remember your password the next time you log in.
To change your password, refer to “Changing your password” on page 265.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 3
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

1

5. Click Login.

6. Click OK on the Login Banner dialog box.

Launching a remote client

To launch a remote client, complete the following steps.

1. Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the Management application server in the

The Management application displays.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

Address bar.

If the web server port number does not use the default (443 if is SSL Enabled; otherwise, the
default is 80), you must enter the web server port number in addition to the IP address. For
example, IP_Address:Port_Number.

The Management application web start screen displays.

2. Click the Management application web start link.

The Log In dialog box displays.

3. Log into another server by entering the IP address to the other server in the Network Address
field.

The server must be the exact same version, edition, starting port number, and network size as
the client.

4. Remove a server from the Network Address list by selected the IP address and clicking Delete.

5. Choose one of the following options:

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+), or a switch, complete the following steps.

a. Enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

b. Select or clear the Save password check box to choose whether you want the

application to remember your password the next time you log in.
To change your password, refer to “Changing your password” on page 265.

6. Click Login.

4 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

7. C l ic k OK on the Login Banner dialog box.

The Management application displays.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

Clearing previous versions of the remote client

The remote client link in the Start menu does not automatically upgrade when you upgrade the
Management application. You must clear the previous version from the Java cache.

To clear the Java cache, complete the following steps.

1. Select Start > Settings > Control Panel > Java.

The Java Control Panel dialog box displays.

2. Click View on the General tab.

The Java Cache Viewer dialog box displays.

1

3. Right-click the application and select Delete.

4. Click Close on the Java Cache Viewer dialog box.

5. Click OK on the Java Control Panel dialog box.

To create a remote client link in the Start menu, refer to “Launching a remote client” on
page 4.

Launching the Configuration Wizard

You can re-launch the Configuration wizard to change the following configurations:

• FTP server

• Server IP

• Server Ports

• SMI Agent

Changes to these configurations require a server restart.

You can only restart the server using the Server Management Console (Start > Programs >
Management_Application_Name 12.X.X > Server Management Console).

1. Choose one of the following options:

• On Windows systems, select Start > Programs > Management_Application_Name 12.X.X

> Management_Application_Name Configuration.

• On UNIX systems, execute sh Install_Home/bin/configwizard on the terminal.

2. Click Next on the Welcome screen.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 5
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

1

3. Click Yes on the confirmation message.

4. Complete the following steps on the FTP/SCP/SFTP Server screen.

a. Choose one of the following options:

• Select Built-in FTP/SCP/SFTP Server to configure an internal FTP/SCP/SFTP server

and select one of the following options:

- Select Built-in FTP Server to configure an internal FTP server

The internal FTP server uses a default account and port 21. You can configure
your own account from the Options dialog box. For instructions, refer to

“Configuring an internal FTP server” on page 224.

- Select Built-in SCP/SFTP Server to configure an internal SCP/SFTP server

The internal SCP/SFTP server uses a default account and port 22. You can
configure your own account from the Options dialog box. For instructions, refer to

“Configuring an internal SCP or SFTP server” on page 225.

• Select External FTP/SCP/SFTP Server to configure an external FTP server.

You can configure the external FTP server settings from the Options dialog box. For
instructions, refer to “Configuring an external FTP, SCP, or SFTP server” on page 226.

b. Click Next.

If port 21 or 22 is busy, a message displays. Click OK to close the message and continue. Once
the Management application is configured make sure port 21 or 22 is free and restart the
Server to start the FTP/SCP/SFTP service.

If you use an FTP/SCP/SFTP Server which is not configured on the same machine as the
Management application, the Firmware Repository feature will not be available.

5. Complete the following steps on the Server IP Configuration screen.

If the Management server or client has multiple Network Interface Cards and if any of these
interfaces are not plugged in, you must disable them; otherwise, the following features do not
work properly:

Server impact

• Configuration wizard (does not display all IP addresses)

• Trap and Syslog auto registration

• Report content (Ipconfiguration element does not display all server IP addresses)

• Network OS configuration backup through FTP

• Tra c e dump through FTP

Client impact

• Options dialog box (does not display all IP addresses)

• Firmware import and download dialog box

• Firmware import for Fabric OS and Network OS products

• FTP button in Technical Support Repository dialog box

• Technical supportSave of Fabric OS, Network OS, and Host products through FTP

6 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

a. Select an address from the Server IP Configuration list.

b. Select an address from the Switch - Server IP Configuration Preferred Address list.

If the “hostname” contains invalid characters, the host name does not display in the list.
Valid characters include alphanumeric and dash (-) characters. The IP address is selected
by default. If the an IPv6 address is selected, server start up will fail.

If DNS is not configured for your network, do not select the ‘hostname’ option from either
the Server IP Configuration or Switch - Server IP Configuration Preferred Address list.
Selecting the ‘hostname’ option prevents clients and devices from communicating with
the Server.

If you select a specific IP address from the Server IP Configuration screen and the selected
IP address changes, you will not be able to connect to the server. To change the IP
address, refer to “Configuring an explicit server IP address” on page 207.

c. Click Next.

6. Complete the following steps on the Server Configuration screen.

1

Do not use port 2638 for any of these port numbers. Port 2638 is used internally by the server.

FIGURE 3 Server Configuration screen

a. Enter a port number in the Web Server Port # (HTTPS) field (default is 443).

b. Enable HTTP redirection to HTTPS by selecting the Redirect HTTP Requests to HTTPS

check box.

When you enable HTTP redirection, the server uses port 80 to redirect HTTP requests to
HTTPS. You can configure the server port settings from the Options dialog box (Server Port
pane). For instructions, refer to “Configuring the server port” on page 228.

c. Enter a port number in the Database Port # field (default is 5432).

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 7
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

1

d. Enter a port number in the Starting Port Number field (default is 24600).

For Professional software, the server requires 15 consecutive free ports beginning with
the starting port number.

For Trial and Licensed software, the server requires 18 consecutive free ports beginning
with the starting port number.

e. Enter a port number in the Syslog Port Number field (default is 514).

If the default syslog port number is already in use, you will not receive any syslog
messages from the device. To find and stop the process currently running on the default
Syslog port number, refer to the Installation and Migration Guide.

f. Enter a port number in the SNMP Port Number field (default is 162).

g. Click Next.

If you enter a syslog port number already in use, a message displays. Click No on the
message to remain on the Server Configuration screen and edit the syslog port number
(return to step 6a). Click Yes to close the message and continue with step 7.

If you enter a port number already in use, a Warning displays next to the associated port
number field. Edit that port number and click Next.

7. Complete the following steps on the SMI Agent Configuration screen.

a. Enable the SMI Agent by selecting the Enable SMI Agent check box.

b. Enable the SLP by selecting the Enable SLP check box.

c. Enable the SSL by selecting the Enable SSL check box.

d. Enter the SMI Agent port number in the SMI Agent Port # field (default is 5989 if SSL is

enabled; otherwise, default is 5988).

e. Click Next.

8. Verify your configuration information on the Server Configuration Summary screen and click
Next.

9. Complete the following steps on the Start Server screen:

a. Select the Start SMI Agent check box, if necessary.

b. Select the Start SLP check box, if necessary.

c. Select the Start Client check box, if necessary.

d. Click Finish.

After all of the services (Server, SLP, SMI Agent and Client) are started, the Log In dialog
box displays.

10. Click Yes on the restart server confirmation message.

11. Choose one of the following optins:

8 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

NOTE

• If you configured authentication to CAC, enter your PIN in the CAC PIN field.

• If you configured authentication to the local database, an external server (RADIUS, LDAP,

or TACACS+), or a switch, enter your user name and password.

The defaults are Administrator and password, respectively.

Do not enter Domain\User_Name in the User ID field for LDAP server authentication.

12. Click Login.

13. Click OK on the Login Banner.

When you launch the Management application or navigate to a new view, the SAN tab displays
with a gray screen over the Product List and Topology Map while data is loading.

Viewing active sessions

To view the Management application active sessions, complete the following steps.

1

1. Select Server > Active Sessions.

The Active Sessions dialog box displays (Figure 5).

FIGURE 4 Active Sessions dialog box

2. Review the active session information.

The following information displays:

• ID — Displays the name of the user (for example, Administrator).

• Description — Displays the description of the user (for example, Operator).

• Network Address — Displays the network address of the user.

• Client Type — Displays the type of Management application client.

• Connected — Displays the date and time the user connected to the server.

3. Click Close.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 9
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

1

Disconnecting users

To disconnect a user, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Active Sessions.

2. Select the user you want to disconnect and click Disconnect.

3. Click Yes on the confirmation message.

4. The user you disconnected receives the following message:

5. Click Close.

Viewing server properties

The Active Sessions dialog box displays.

The Client has been disconnected by User_Name from IP_Address at
Disconnected_Date_and_Time.

When you disconnect a client from using the Active Sessions dialog box, the following event
displays in the Master Log: Disconnect Client

User_Name

@

IP_Address

.

To view the Management application server properties, complete the following steps.

1. Select Server > Server Properties.

The Server Properties dialog box displays.

FIGURE 5 Server Properties dialog box

2. Review the information.

TABLE 4 Server Properties

Field/Component Description

Free Memory The amount of free memory on the server.

IP Address The IP address in IPv4 or IPv6 format.

Java VM Name The Java Virtual Machine name.

10 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

TABLE 4 Server Properties

Field/Component Description

Java VM Vendor The Java Virtual Machine vendor.

Java VM Version The Java Virtual Machine version running on the server.

Server Name The server’s name.

OS Architecture The operating system architecture on the server.

OS Name The name of the operating system running on the server.

OS Version The operating system version running on the server.

Region The server’s geographical region.

Started At The time the server was started.

Time Zone The server’s time zone.

Tot a l Memo r y The total amount of memory on the server.

Tra p L iste ning Po r t The number of the UDP port that listens for SNMP traps.

Win32 Service Specifies whether the Win32 service is available on the server. On Unix servers,

displays as ‘No’.

1

3. Click Close to close the Server Properties dialog box.

Viewing port status

The Port Status dialog box enables you to determine the availability of ports required for key
Management application features. You can view the port status for the following ports:

• CIM Indication for Event Handling — Port 24618

• CIM Indication for HCM Proxy — Port 24619

• FTP — Port 21

• SCP/SFTP — Port 22

• sFlow — Port 6343

• SNMP Trap — Port 162

• Syslog — Port 514

• TFTP — Port 69

• Web Server (HTTP) — Port 80

• Web Server (HTTPS) — Port 443

To view the port status, complete the following steps.

1. Click the port status icon ( ).

The Port Status dialog box displays.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 11
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

1

FIGURE 6 Port Status dialog box

2. Review the port status details:

• Name — The Port name. Options include CIM Indication for Event Handling, CIM Indication

for HCM Proxy, FTP, SCP/SFTP, sFlow, SNMP Trap, Syslog, TFTP, Web Server (HTTP), and
Web Server (HTTPS).

• Port # — The required port number.

• Status — The status of the port. The status options are as follows:

 Success — The port is listening or bound to the server.
 Failed — The port fails to listen or bind to the server. It is occuppied by another

process.

 Paritally Failed — The port is used by the server as well as other applications.
 Disabled (external FTP port only) — This is considered a normal status.

• Running Process – The name of the process using the port (not the Management

applciation). Blank when the port is only used by the Management applciation server. If
multiple processes occupy the same port, the process names display in a
comma-separated list.

• Recommended Actions — Suggested action to take to resolve the issues.

3. Click Close.

12 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

NOTE

1

Server and client ports

In some cases, a network may utilize virtual private network (VPN) or firewall technology, which can
prohibit communication between Products and the Servers or Clients. In other words, a Server or
Client can find a Product, appear to log in, but is immediately logged out because the Product
cannot reach the Server or Client. To resolve this issue, check to determine if the ports in the table
below need to be opened up in the firewall.

Professional edition does not support remote clients.

Tab le 5 lists the default port numbers and whether or not it needs to be opened up in the firewall

and includes the following information:

• Port Number — The port at the destination end of the communication path.

• Ports — The name of the port.

• Transport — The transport type (TCP or UDP).

• Description — A brief description of the port.

• Communication Path — The “source” to “destination” vaules. Client and Server refer to the

Management application client and server unless stated otherwise. Product refers to the
Fabric OS, Network OS, or IronWare devices.

• Open in Firewall — Whether the port needs to be open in the firewall.

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1

20

1

21

2

22

23 Telnet TCP Telnet port from server/client

2

25

2

49

69 TFTP UDP File upload/download to

2

80

FTP Port (Control) TCP FTP Control port for internal

FTP server

FTP Port (Data) TCP FTP Data port for internal

FTP server

SSH or SCP or SFTP TCP Secure telnet and secure

upload and download to
product

to product

SMTP Server port TCP SMTP Server port for e-mail

communication if you use
e-mail notifications without SSL

TACACS+ Authentication port TCP TACACS+ server port for

authentication if you use
TACACS+ as an external
authentication

product

Management application HTTP server TCP Non-SSL HTTP/1.1 connector

port if you use secure
client-server communication.
You need this port for HTTP
redirection

Client–Server
Product–Server

Client–Server
Product–Server

Server–Product
Client –Product
Product – Server

Server–Product
Client–Product

Server–SMTP
Server

Server–TACACS+
Server

Product-Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 13
53-1002949-01

Management server and client

1

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1

80

Product HTTP server TCP Product non-SSL http port for

http and CAL communication if
you do not use secure
communication to the product

Product non-SSL http port for
http and CAL communication if
you do not use secure
communication to the product
and you do not use the
Management application
server proxy

2

161

162

389

2

2

SNMP port UDP Default SNMP port Server–Product Yes

SNMP Trap port UDP Default SNMP trap port Product-Server Yes

LDAP Authentication Server Port UDP

TCP

LDAP server port for
authentication if you use LDAP
as an external authentication

1,2

443

HTTPS server TCP HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server

port if you use secure client ­server communication

2

443

HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server
port if you use secure
communication to the product

443 HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server

port if you use secure
communication to the product
and you do not use the
Management application
server proxy

2

443

HTTPS (HTTP over SSL) server
port if you use vCenter
discovery

2

465

SMTP Server port for SSL TCP SMTP Server port for e-mail

communication if you use
e-mail notifications with SSL

2

514

636

2

Syslog Port UDP Default Syslog Port Product–Server

LDAP Authentication SSL port TCP LDAP server port for

authentication if you use LDAP
as an external authentication
and SSL is enabled

2

1812

RADIUS Authentication Server Port UDP RADIUS server port for

authentication if you use
RADIUS as an external
authentication

2

1813

RADIUS Accounting Server Port UDP RADIUS server port for

accounting if you use RADIUS
as an external authentication

Server–Product Yes

Client–Product Yes

Server–LDAP

Yes

Server

Client-Server Yes

Server–Product Yes

Client–Product Yes

Server-vCenter

Yes

Server

Server-SMTP

Yes

Server

Yes

Managed Host ­Server

Server–LDAP

Yes

Server

Server–RADIUS

Yes

Server

Server–RADIUS

Yes

Server

14 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Management server and client

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

1

5432 Database port TCP Port used by database if you

access the database remotely
from a third-party application

5988 SMI Server port TCP SMI server port on the

Management application and
the CIM/SMI port on HBAs if
you use SMI Agent without SSL

1,2

5989

SMI Server port with SSL enabled TCP SMI Agent port on the

Management application and
the CIM/SMI port on HBAs if
you use SMI Agent with SSL

2

6343

sFlow UDP Receives sFlow data from

products if you are monitoring
with sFlow

1,2

24600

JNP (Java Naming Protocol) port TCP Use for service location. Uses

SSL for privacy.

1,2

24601

24602

EJB (Enterprise Java Bean) connection
port

1,2

HornetQ Netty port TCP Use for JMS (Java Message

TCP Client requests to server. Uses

SSL for privacy.

Service), async messages from
server to client.

Uses SSL for privacy.

1,2

24603

JMX RMI port TCP Use for JMS control. Uses SSL

for privacy.

1,2

24604

24605

24606

RMI naming service port TCP Client–Server Yes

1,2

RMI/JRMP invoker port TCP Client–Server Yes

1,2

Event Handling CIM Indication listener

TCP Used for HBA management Managed Host -

port

1,2

24607

24608

24609

24610

24611

HCM Proxy CIM Indication Listener port TCP Used for HBA management Managed Host -

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

Reserved for future use TCP Not used Client - Server No

2

JBoss Transaction Services Recovery

TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

Manager port

2

24612

24613

24614

24615

JBoss Transaction Status Manager port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss Pooled invoker port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss Socket invoker port TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

2

JBoss RMI dynamic class loading port TCP Web service port, not used

remotely

Remote ODBC–

Yes

Database

SMI Client- Server Yes

Server-Managed

Yes

Host

SMI Agent Server–

Yes

Client

Server-Managed

Yes

Host

Product-Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Client–Server Yes

Yes

Server

Yes

Server

Server Yes

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 15
53-1002949-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

1

TABLE 5 Port usage and firewall requirements (Continued)

Port Number Ports Transport Description Communication Path Open in Firewall

2

24616

24617

34568 HCM Agent discovery port TCP Used for HBA management via

55556

1. Port does not need to be open in the firewall for Professional edtion.

2. The default port number. You must use the same port number for all products or hosts managed by the Management server. This port is
configurable in the Management server; however, some products and firmware versions do not allow you to configure a port.

Apache JServ port TCP Proxys web server requests, not

used remotely

2

Remote Management application
connector access port

1

Launch in Context (LIC) client hand
shaking port

TCP Not used remotely Server Yes

JSON

TCP Client port used to check if a

Management application client
opened using LIC is running on
the same host

NOTE: If this port is in use, the

application uses the
next available port.

Server Yes

Server - Managed
Host

Client No

Yes

Accessibility features for the Management application

Accessibility features help users who have a disability, such as restricted mobility or limited vision,
to use information technology products successfully.

The following list includes the major accessibility features in the Management application:

• Keyboard shortcuts

• Look and Feel

Keyboard shortcuts

You can use the keystrokes shown in the table below to perform common functions.

To open a menu using keystrokes, press ALT plus the underlined letter. To open a submenu, open
the menu, then press the key for the underlined letter (SHIFT plus letter for capitals) of the submenu
option.

TABLE 6 Keyboard shortcuts

Menu Item or Function Keyboard Shortcut

All Panels F12

Collapse CTRL + L

Command Tool SHIFT + F4

Connectivity Map F7

Copy CTRL + C

Cut CTRL + X

16 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

TABLE 6 Keyboard shortcuts

Menu Item or Function Keyboard Shortcut

Delete Delete

Delete All CTRL +Delete

Help F1

Internet Explorer SHIFT + F2

Master Log F5

FireFox SHIFT + F1

Paste CTRL + V

Product List F9

Properties Alt-Enter

Select All CTRL + A

Show Ports F4

SSH Shift-F5

View Utilization CTRL + U

Zoom In CTRL + NumPad+

Zoom Out CTRL + NumPad-

1

Look and feel customization

You can configure the Management application to mimic your system settings as well as define the
size of the font.

‘Look’ refers to the appearance of graphical user interface widgets and ‘feel’ refers to the way the
widgets behave.

The Management application currently uses the ‘Management_Application Default Look and Feel’
for some of the components (for example, Layout, Minimap, and so on) and the “Java Metal Look
and Feel” for others.

Setting the look and feel

Setting the look and feel is only supported on Windows systems.

The following table details the Management application components that change when you set the
look and feel as well as those components that do not change.

TABLE 7 Look and feel changes

Components Affected Components Not Affected

All Java native components with Metal Look And Feel
are affected.

The Connectivity map does not change when devices are
present. You must change the theme using the map
display settings (View > Map Display).

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 17
53-1002949-01

Accessibility features for the Management application

NOTE

NOTE

1

TABLE 7 Look and feel changes

Components Affected Components Not Affected

The Menu bar, Tool bar, Status bar, as well as all
tables and dialog boxes are affected.

Layout is affected only when it is empty. The Minimap is not affected.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

2. Select Look and Feel in the Category list.

3. Choose from one of the following options:

All icons and images are not affected.

• Select Default to configure the look and feel back to the Management application defaults.

• Select System to configure the Management application to have the look and feel of your

system.

This changes the look and feel for the components that use ‘Java Metal Look and Feel’.
For example, if you have your system display color scheme set to ‘High Contrast #1’, then
the Management application will be set to ‘High Contrast #1’. Font size of the components
is not affected by theme changes.

4. Click Apply or OK to save your work.

5. Click OK on the message.

Changes do not take affect until after you restart the client.

Changing the font size

The Options dialog box enables you to change the font size for all components including the
Connectivity map of the Management application interface.

Font size changes proportionately in relation to the system resolution. For example, if the system
resolution is 1024 x 768, the default font size would be 8 and large font size would be 10.

1. Select Server > Options.

The Options dialog box displays.

2. Select Look and Feel in the Category list.

3. Select one of the following options from the Font Size list:

• Select Default to return to the default font size.

• Select Small to change the font to a smaller font size.

• Select Large to change the font to a larger font size.

Changing the font size to Large may cause the interface components (for example, text
and button labels) to display incorrectly.

18 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

4. Click Apply or OK to save your work.

NOTE

5. Click OK on the message.

Changes do not take affect until after you restart the client.

PostgreSQL database

You can connect to the database using one of the following options:

• pgAdmin III

• ODBC client

• Command line interface

Connecting to the database using pgAdmin III

To access the PostgreSQL database, complete the following steps.

PostgreSQL database

1

1. Choose one of the following options:

• On Windows systems, launch the dbadmin.bat script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

• On UNIX systems, launch the dbadmin script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

2. Selecting File > Add Server.

The New Server Registration dialog box displays.

3. Enter the DB_server_IP_address or “localhost” in the Host field.

4. Enter the port number (default is 5432) on which the PostgreSQL server is running in the Port
field.

5. Enter your username (default is dcmuser) in the Username field.

6. Enter your password (password) in the Password field.

7. C l ic k OK on the New Server Registration dialog box.

The pgAdmin III application displays.

8. To browse data in the database, complete the following steps.

a. Expand the Tables tree in the Object browser pane.

b. Right-click a table in the list and select View Data > View All Rows.

9. To execute a freestyle SQL query in the database, complete the following steps.

a. Expand the Tables tree in the Object browser pane.

b. Right-click a table in the list and select Scripts > SELECT script.

The Query dialog box displays.

10. Select File > Exit to close the pgAdmin III application.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 19
53-1002949-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

1

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Windows systems)

The Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver enables you to configure the data source name
(DSN) for the database.

To install the ODBC driver and create a new data source, complete the following steps.

1. Double-click edb_psqlodbc.exe located on the DVD
(DVD_Drive/Management_Application/odbc/Windows).

2. Install the file to the usual location for your system’s application files (for example, C:\Program
Files\Management_Application ODBC Driver) on the Select Install Folder screen and click
Next.

If you select an invalid location, the ODBC driver is installed in a different location than where
the ODBC executable drivers are located.

3. On the Ready to Install screen click Next.

4. Click Finish to complete the installation.

5. Choose one of the following opitions:

• (32-bit OS) Select Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Data Sources

(ODBC).

• (62-bit OS) (Windows only) Select Start > Run, type %windir%\SysWOW64\odbcad32.exe

and press Enter.

The ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box displays.

6. Click the System DSN tab.

7. C l ic k Add.

The Create a New Data Source dialog box displays.

8. Select PostgreSQL Unicode.

9. Click Finish.

The PostgreSQL Unicode ODBC Driver (psqlODBC) Setup dialog box displays.

10. Enter a name for the data source in the Datasource field.

11. Enter the description of the database in the Description field.

12. Enter the name of the database in the Database field.

13. Select enable or disable from the SSL Mode list to specify whether or not to use SSL when
connecting to the database.

14. Enter the IP address or host name of the Management application server in the Server field.

15. Enter the database server port number (default is 5432) in the Port Number field.

16. Enter the database user name in the User Name field.

17. Enter the password in the Password field.

18. Click Test to test the connection.

19. Click OK on the Connection Test dialog box.

20 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

NOTE

20. Click Save.

21. Click OK on the ODBC Data Source Administrator dialog box.

22. To export data, select Data > Import External Data > New Database Query and complete the
steps in the Data Connection Wizard.

1

Connecting to the database using the ODBC client (Linux systems)

The ODBC driver is not supported on 64-bit Linux systems.

You must have the Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) driver to allow remote clients to export data
and generate reports. The ODBC driver enables you to configure the data source name (DSN) for
the Network Advisor database.

Before you install the Linux ODBC driver, download the ODBC RedHat Package Manager (RPM) file
based on the Linux version.

TABLE 8 ODBC RedHat Package Manager (RPM) file requirements

Linux version RedHat Package Manager file

SUSE Rpm –I unixODBC-2.2.12-197.17.i586.rpm

RedHat or Oracle Enterprise Rpm –i unixODBC-2.2.11-1.i386.rpm

Installing the ODBC driver on Linux systems

To install the ODBC driver and , complete the following steps.

1. Execute the following command in the terminal:

> su
>chmod 777 edb_psqlodbc.bin
> ./edb_psqlodbc.bin

2. On the Setup psqlODBC screen click Next.

3. Install the file to the usual location for your system’s application files (for example,
/opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC) on the Installation Directory screen and click Next.

If you select an invalid location, the ODBC driver is installed in a different location than where
the ODBC executable drivers are located.

4. On the Ready to Install screen click Next.

5. On the Completing the psqlODBC Setup Wizard screen click Finish to complete the installation.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 21
53-1002949-01

PostgreSQL database

NOTE

1

Adding the Datasourse on Linux systems

Before you edit the INI files, make sure the PostgreSQL database is up and running.

For RedHat and Oracle Enterprise systems, the odbc.ini and odbcinst.ini files are located in /etc. For
SUSE systems, the odbc.ini and odbcinst.ini files are located in /etc/unixODBC.

1. Open the odbc.ini file in an editor and enter the datasource information as follows:

[TestDB]
Description = PostgreSQL 8.4
Driver = /opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC/lib/psqlodbcw.so
Database = dcmdb
Servername = 172.26.1.54
UserName = dcmadmin
Password = passw0rd
Port = 5432

2. Save and close the odbc.ini file.

3. Open the odbcinst.ini file in a text editor and make sure that the driver path information is
correct.

After you install the PostgreSQL ODBC driver, the odbcinst.ini should automatically update the
driver path. If the direver path is not updated, add the following:

[psqlODBC]
Description=PostgreSQL ODBC driver
Driver=/opt/PostgreSQL/psqlODBC/lib/psqlodbcw.so

4. Save and close the odbcinst.ini file.

Testing the connection on Linux systems

To test the connection, complete the following steps.

1. Download and install Open Office.

2. Select File > New > Database.

The Database Wizard displays.

3. On the Select database screen, complete the following steps.

a. Select the Connect to an existing database option.

b. Select ODBC from the list.

c. Click Next.

4. On the Set up ODBC connection screen, complete the following steps.

a. Click Browse.

The datasource saved in the odbc.ini file is populated in the Datasource dialog box.

b. Select the datasource and click OK on the Datasource dialog box.

c. Click Next.

22 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

PostgreSQL database

5. On the Set up user authentication screen, complete the following steps.

a. Enter the database user name in the User name field.

b. Select the Password required check box.

c. Click Test Connection to test the connection.

The Authentication Password dialog box displays.

d. Enter the database password in the Password field and click OK.

e. Click OK on the Connection Test dialog box.

If an error message (file not found while testing the connection) displays, copy the lib files
from the <postgresSQL path>/lib/* directory to the /usr/lib/ directory.

f. Click Next.

6. On the Save and proceed screen, click Finish.

Executing SQL queries from the CLI

To execute SQL queries from the command line interface (CLI) , complete the following steps.

1. Choose one of the following options:

1

• On Windows systems, launch the dbsql.bat script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

• On UNIX systems, launch the dbsql script in the Install_Home\bin\ directory.

2. Execute your query from the command window.

3. Close the command window.

Changing the database user password

To change the read/write or read only database password, complete the following steps in the
Install_Home/bin directory.

1. Open a command window.

2. Type dbpassword

Where

User_Name is your user name, Password is your current password, and New_Password

and

Confirm_Password are your new password. The read/write user name and password

defaults are dcmadmin and passw0rd (zero), respectively. The read only user name and
password defaults are dcmuser and password (all lowercase), respectively.

If the password changed successfully, the following message displays:
Password changed successfully.

If an error occurs and the password did not change, the following message displays:
Error while updating password. Please try again.
Press any key to continue.

User_Name Password New_Password Confirm_Password and press Enter.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 23
53-1002949-01

Supported open source software products

NOTE

1

If the current password and new password are the same, the following message displays:
Old and New passwords cannot be same. Use different password and try again.
Press any key to continue.

If the new password and confirm password do not match, the following message displays:
New password and confirm password do not match. Please try again.
Press any key to continue.

3. Launch the Server Management Console.

4. Click the Services tab.

5. Click Stop to stop all services.

6. Click Close to close the Server Management Console.

7. Launch the Server Management Console.

8. Click Start to start all services.

If the server is configured to use an external FTP server, the Server Management Console does
not attempt to start the built-in FTP service.

9. Click Close to close the Server Management Console.

Supported open source software products

Tab le 9 lists the open source software third-party software products used in this release.

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

7-ZipLZMASDK 4.65 public domain

Abator 1.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheAnt 1.7.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsBeanUtils 1.8.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCodec 1.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCollections 3.2.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsCompress 1.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsConfiguration 1.6 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDBCP 1.2.2 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDigester 2.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsDiscovery 0.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsFileUpload 1.2.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsHTTPClient 3.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsIO 1.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsJXPath 1.3 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsLang 2.4 Apache License v2.0

24 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Supported open source software products

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

ApacheCommonsLogging 0.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsMath 2.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsNet 2.0 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsPool 1.5.4 Apache License v2.0

ApacheCommonsValidator 1.3.1 Apache License v2.0

Apache Extras Companion for Apache log4j 1.1 Apache License v2.0

ApacheFTPServer 1.0.3 Apache License v2.0

Apache Log4j 1.2.16 Apache License v2.0

ASM 3.2 Custom License

Axis 1.4 Apache License v2.0

AXL Radius Client API 3.29 AXL Radius Client License

BeanScriptingFramework 2.4.0 Apache License v2.0

BeanShell 2.0b4 Sun Public License / Gnu Lesser Public License

BouncyCastleCryptoProvider 1.45 Bouncy Castle License

CastorBindingFramework 0.9.9.1 Apache License v2.0

Conf M 1.9.3 Java-based software library

DNSJava 2.0.7 BeanShell Software License

dom4j 1.6.1 dom4j License

EnterpriseDTFTP 1.5.6 LGPL

GlazedLists 1.8.0 LGPL or MPL

GoogleGuice 1.0 Apache

HPInsightSoftwareVCEMWebClientSDK 6.2 HP SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT KIT LICENSE

AGREEMENT

HornetQ 2.0.0 Apache License v2.0

iBATISDAOFramework 2.2.0 Apache

iBatisforJava 2.3.4 Apache License v2.0

Infinispan 4.0.0 FINAL LGPL v2.1

InstallAnywhere 2010 Commercial

Ireasoning SNMP API 4.0 IREASONING

iTextJavaPDFLibrary 2.1.7 Affero General Public License

JasperReports 3.6.1 GNU Lesser General Public License version 3

JavaCIFSClientLibrary 1.3.12 LGPL v2.1

JavaServiceWrapper 3.3.9 Custom License

JavaTar2.5andTarTool1.4 public domain

JaxenXpathLibrary 1.1.1 Jaxen License

JbcParser 3.7 Math Parser License

1

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 25
53-1002949-01

Supported open source software products

1

TABLE 9 Open source software third-party software products

Open Source Software License Type

JBossApplicationServer 5.1.0 GA LGPL

JBossWeb 2.1.9 GNU Lesser General Public License version 3

JCalendar 1.3.3 LGPL v2.1

JCommon 1.0.16 LGPL v2.1

JDOM 1.1.1 Apache Style

JFreeChart 1.0.13 LGPL v2.1

JGoodiesForms 1.2.1 BSD

JGoodiesLooks 2.2.2 BSD

JGraph 5.13.0.1 BSD Style

JIDE 2.10.1 JIDE Software License

Jmesa 2.4.5 Apache

JSON-RPCJava 1.0.1 Apache License v2.0

KajabityTools 0.1 Apache License v2.0

L2Fprod.comCommonComponents 7.3 Apache License v2.0

MaverickJavaSSHAPI 1.4.25 SSH Tools License

MimeTypeDetectionUtility 2.1.2 Apache License v2.0

MyBatisPersistenceFrameworkandSchhemaMigrationsf
orJava 3.0.2 GA

OpenSAML 2.3.0 Apache License v2.0

OpenSSLforLinux 1.0.0a OpenSSL License

PostgreSQL 9.2.1 PostgreSQL License

QualityFirstLibrary 0.99.0 Mozilla License V1.1 and qflib License

Quartz Enterprise Job Scheduler 1.66 Apache License v2.0

RockSawRawSocketLibrary 1.0.0 Apache License v2.0

SafeNet Sentinel Caffe 1.6.1 SafeNet License

SafeNet Sentinel RMS SDK 8.2.2 SafeNet License

Sblim-cim-client 1.3.9.3 HCM Sblim CIM Client

SimpleLoggingFacadeforJava 1.5.8 SLF4J License

SunJavaRuntimeEnvironment 1.6.0_31 Commercial

TableLayout 2009-06-10 Custom License

VIJavaAPI 2.1 BSD License

WBEM Solutions J WBEM Server 3.4.4 Commercial

WebNMSSNMPAPI 4.0.6 WebNMS License

XML RPC 1.2-B1 Open Source

YourKitJavaProfiler 9.5.1 YourKit License

Apache License v2.0

26 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements

Use the following table to determine whether the Management application SAN features are only
available with a specific version of the Fabric OS firmware as well as if there are specific licensing
requirements.

TABLE 10 SAN feature to firmware requirements

Feature Fabric OS

Access Gateway (AG) AG connected to Fabric OS devices requires firmware 5.2 or later.

Call Home (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for supportSave.

Requires Fabric Watch license for SNMP traps.

Configuration Management Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later

Discovery Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later for the seed switch in a pure Fabric OS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later for the seed switch in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Encryption (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1_enc or 6.2 or later.

Enhanced Group Management (Trial and
Licensed version Only)

Fault Management Requires Fabric OS 4.4 or later for SNMP traps

Fabric Binding (Trial and Licensed version
Only)

FCIP Management Requires Fabric OS 5.1 or later to modify.

FCoE Management Requires FCoE license on the device.

FICON (Trial and Licensed version Only) Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for cascaded FICON.

Firmware Management Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later.

High Integrity Fabric Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric.

Meta SAN Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later for FC router and router domain ID configuration.

Performance Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later for FC_ports, -end monitors, and marching ants.

Requires Enhanced Group Management license.

Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later in a pure Fabric OS fabric.
Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later for FCIP tunnels.
Requires FCIP license.
Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later to enable the FICON Emulation tab on the FCIP Tunnel

Advanced Settings dialog box.

Requires Fabric OS version v6.1.2_CEE or later.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later for advanced FICON.
Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1 or later to configure multiple Allow/Prohibit matrices.
Requires FICON CUP license to allow CUP management features.

Requires Fabric OS 6.1.1 or later on 8G devices.
Requires Enhanced Group Management license to perform group actions.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later in a mixed Fabric OS and M-EOS fabric.
Requires Integrated Routing license.

Requires Fabric OS 5.3 or later for GE_ports and FCIP tunnels.
Requires Fabric OS 6.2 or later for Top Talkers.
Requires Advanced Performance Monitoring (APM) license for -end Monitoring and Top

Tal ker s.
Requires Enhanced Group Management license for HIstorical graphs and tables.
Requires Fabric Watch license for Performance thresholds.

1

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 27
53-1002949-01

SAN feature-to-firmware requirements

1

TABLE 10 SAN feature to firmware requirements

Feature Fabric OS

Port Fencing (Trial and Licensed version
Only)

Security Management Requires Fabric OS 5.2 and later for SCC Policy.

Technical Support Data Collection Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later.

Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Requires Fabric OS 5.2 or later.

Virtual Fabrics (Trial and Licensed version
Only)

Zoning Requires Fabric OS 5.0 or later for pure Fabric OS fabrics.

Requires Fabric OS 6.2 or later.
Requires Fabric OS 6.3 or later for State Change and C3 Discard Frames violation types.

Requires Fabric OS 5.2 and later for DCC Policy.
Requires Fabric OS 5.3 and later for IP Filter Policy.
Requires Fabric OS 6.0 and later for AD/LDAP Server Configuration.
Requires Fabric OS 5.0 and later for RADIUS Server Configuration.

Requires at least one Virtual Fabrics-enabled physical chassis running Fabric OS 6.2 or later.

Requires Fabric OS 6.0 or later for McDATA Fabric Mode.
Requires Adaptive Networking license for Quality of Service zones.

28 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Chapter

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Licenses

In this chapter

•Licenses overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

•Managed count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

•Entering the license key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

•Upgrading the Management application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

•License downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Licenses overview

If your installation does not require a license key, the License dialog box does not display.

License keys consist of an asterisk (*) followed by unique string of alphanumeric characters.
License keys verify ownership of the Management application software as well as determine the
maximum port count allowed or any additional features that you receive as part of the license.

2

Managed count

The Management application audits and verifies the managed count against the maximum limit for
your license under the following conditions:

• Every three hours from server start time. Note that you may be able to manage more products

• When a new client logs in to the server.

• When you access the License dialog box (Help > License).

SAN Professional Plus Trial and Licensed versions can manage up to 2,560 ports.

SAN Enterprise Trial and Licensed versions can manage up to 9,000 ports and 36 fabrics.

For full performance management and dashboard functionality, the Large option of the SAN
Enterprise edition only supports 5000 switch ports on a 32-bit system.

or ports than the maximum licensed limit briefly (maximum of three hours) between these
periodic checks.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 29
53-1002949-01

Managed count

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

2

Virtual Fabrics are counted as Fabrics when calculating the managed count limits.

IP Enterprise Licensed version can manage up to 5,050 IP products and 100 MPLS products with
the appropriate number of device licenses installed.

IP Enterprise Trial version can manage up to 150 IP products and 10 MPLS products with the
appropriate number of device licenses installed.

VCS Cluster discovery with 3 or more nodes requires Ethernet Fabrics enabled on your license or 75
day trial. IP Trial or Licensed version supports up to 40 Ethernet fabrics.

Managed SAN port count calculation

If you exceed the maximum port count for your version, software functionality is impacted and you
must reduce the port count using the Discover Fabrics dialog box or contact your vendor to purchase
an additional license for your version.

The managed SAN port count is calculated using the following rules:

• Only switches discovered from the SAN tab are counted.

• The switch port must be licensed.

• The ports must belong to a currently monitored fabric.

• ICL ports are not counted.

• The port must be a physical port (for example, VE Ports are not counted the 4 Gbps router

extension switch; however, the gigabit ports are counted).

• Access Gateway ports are counted.

• The ports from discovered Virtual Fabrics are counted.

• The ports from managed Fabric OS switches are counted.

• The ports from unmanaged, unreachable, and missing switches are not counted.

30 Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual

53-1002949-01

Managed count

NOTE

NOTE

2

Managed IP port count calculation

If you exceed the maximum port count for your version, software functionality is impacted and you
must reduce the port count using the Discover Setup - IP dialog box or contact your vendor to
purchase an additional license for your version.

The managed IP port count is calculated using the following rules:

• Only ports discovered from the IP tab are counted.

• The port must be a physical port.

• The ports from unmanaged, unreachable, and degraded IP products are not counted.

• For VCS nodes, only TRILL and Edge ports are counted.

Managed IP product count calculation

If you exceed the maximum product count for your version, software functionality is impacted and
you must reduce the product count using the Discover Setup - IP dialog box or contact your vendor
to purchase an additional license for your version.

The managed IP product count is calculated using the following rules:

• Only products discovered from the IP tab are counted.

• All discovered routers and switches (regardless of vendor, device model, or firmware version)

are counted.

• Unmanaged, unreachable, and degraded IP products are not counted.

• A stack counts as one device. The physical switches in a stack are not counted individually.

• If you discover a device (such as the Fabric OS 8000) for both SAN and IP, the device only

counts for SAN.

• For VCS fabrics, if the VCS node meets the license rules, each VCS node in a VCS fabric counts

as one product. If you remove a VCS node from the VCS fabric, and it is in the Missing state,
that VCS node is treated as a standalone VDX and counts as one product.

Brocade Network Advisor SAN + IP User Manual 31
53-1002949-01